SI\MSUNG
Galaxy
56
edge+
Sprint
>
User Guide
[UG template version 15b]
[Sprint-Samsung-S6edge+-UM-Eng-051217-FINAL]
Table of Contents
Introduction 1 ....................................................................................................................................................
About the User G
uide 1
............................................................................................................................
Access In
structions on Phone 2
...............................................................................................................
Access Help
2 ..................................................................................................................................
Get Support from My Sprint
3 ..........................................................................................................
Get Started
4 ....................................................................................................................................................
Parts and Functions 4
..............................................................................................................................
Charge the Batter
y
7
................................................................................................................................
Turn Your Phone On and Off 8 ................................................................................................................
Use the Touchscreen
10 ..........................................................................................................................
Activate Your Phone 13 ...........................................................................................................................
Complete the Setup Screens 14
..............................................................................................................
Basic Oper
ations
16
.........................................................................................................................................
Basics
16 ..................................................................................................................................................
Home Screen a
nd Applications (Apps) List
16
................................................................................
Phone Setti
ngs Menu
17
..................................................................................................................
Portrait and L
andscape Screen Orientation
18
................................................................................
Capture Scree
nshots 18
..................................................................................................................
Edge Screen 19 .......................................................................................................................................
Applicat
ions
21
.........................................................................................................................................
Launch App
lications
21
....................................................................................................................
Apps Lis
t 21
.....................................................................................................................................
Phone Numbe
r
26
....................................................................................................................................
Airplan
e Mode 26
.....................................................................................................................................
Enter Text
27 ............................................................................................................................................
Samsung Ke
yboard 27
....................................................................................................................
Google Voic
e Typing
29
...................................................................................................................
Tips for Edi
ting Text 30
....................................................................................................................
Google Acc
ount
30
...................................................................................................................................
Create a Google A
ccount
30
............................................................................................................
TOC i
Sign In to Your Google Account..................................................................................................32
Factory Reset Protection 32 ............................................................................................................
Google Pl
ay Store 33
...............................................................................................................................
Find and
Install an App
33
...............................................................................................................
Request a Ref
und for a Paid App
34
...............................................................................................
Update an App 35
............................................................................................................................
Uninstall
an App
36
..........................................................................................................................
Get Help with Google Play
37 ..........................................................................................................
Lock and Unlock Your Screen 37 ............................................................................................................
Update You
r Phone
.............................................................................................................................38
Update You
r Phone Software
38
.....................................................................................................
Update You
r Profile
40
.....................................................................................................................
Update Your PRL
41 ........................................................................................................................
Your Phone's Home Screen
42 ........................................................................................................................
Home Scree
n Basics
...........................................................................................................................42
Home Scree
n Layout
42
..................................................................................................................
Extended
Home Screens 43
............................................................................................................
Status Bar
and Notification Panel
45
.......................................................................................................
Status Bar 45
...................................................................................................................................
Notificat
ion Panel
47
........................................................................................................................
Multi Window
49 .......................................................................................................................................
Customize t
he Home Screen 50
..............................................................................................................
Change the
W
allpaper
50
................................................................................................................
Add Shortc
uts to the Home Screen 51
............................................................................................
Add Widg
ets to the Home Screen 52
..............................................................................................
Add Folde
rs to the Home Screen
................................................................................................52
Phone App
...................................................................................................................................................53
Place and Answer Calls
53
......................................................................................................................
Call Usin
g the Phone Dialer
53
........................................................................................................
Call Emergenc
y Numbers 54
...........................................................................................................
Answer P
hone Calls
55
....................................................................................................................
In-Call Screen Layout and Options
56 .............................................................................................
Place a
Call from Contacts 58
.........................................................................................................
Call fro
m Call Log 58
.......................................................................................................................
TOC
ii
Optional Services 59 ................................................................................................................................
Voicemail Setup 59 ..........................................................................................................................
Visua
l Voicemail
60
..........................................................................................................................
Set Up
Visual Voicemail
60
..............................................................................................................
Review
Visual Voicemail
60
.............................................................................................................
Listen to
Multiple Voicemail Messages
61
.......................................................................................
Visua
l Voicemail Options
62
............................................................................................................
Configure Visual Voicemail Settings
62 ...........................................................................................
Wi-Fi Calling
63 ................................................................................................................................
Caller ID B
locking 63
.......................................................................................................................
Call Wai
ting
64
.................................................................................................................................
Conference Cal
ling 64
.....................................................................................................................
Call Forwarding
64 ...........................................................................................................................
Call Settings
65 ........................................................................................................................................
Contacts 67 ......................................................................................................................................................
Contacts S
creen Layout
67
......................................................................................................................
Add a Conta
ct 68
.....................................................................................................................................
View Co
ntacts
71
.....................................................................................................................................
Edit a C
ontact
71
......................................................................................................................................
Delete a
Contact 72
.................................................................................................................................
Share a Contact 72 ..................................................................................................................................
Profi
le Sharing
74
.....................................................................................................................................
Import Con
tacts
75
...................................................................................................................................
Back Up Co
ntacts 75
...............................................................................................................................
Messag
ing and Internet
76
...............................................................................................................................
Text and
Multimedia Messaging 76
.........................................................................................................
Send a Text Message 76 .................................................................................................................
Send a Mu
ltimedia Message (MMS)
77
...........................................................................................
Use Enha
nced Messaging 80
..........................................................................................................
Save
and Resume a Draft Message
83
...........................................................................................
New Mes
sages Notification
83
.........................................................................................................
Manage Message Conversations 83 ...............................................................................................
Gmail
86
...................................................................................................................................................
Create an
d Send a Gmail Message
86
............................................................................................
TOC
iii
Check Received Gmail Messages
88 ..............................................................................................
Use Gmail Labels 90 ........................................................................................................................
Archi
ve Gmail Threads 91
...............................................................................................................
Mute Gm
ail Threads 92
...................................................................................................................
Delete G
mail Threads 93
.................................................................................................................
Sear
ch Gmail Messages
94
.............................................................................................................
Report S
pam Gmail 96
....................................................................................................................
Add Another Google (Gmail) Account 97 ........................................................................................
Switching Between Gmail Accounts 99 ...........................................................................................
Gmail
Settings
100
...........................................................................................................................
Email 101
.................................................................................................................................................
Set Up a
n Email Account 101
..........................................................................................................
Add an Email Account
102 ...............................................................................................................
Add an Exchange ActiveSync Account
106 .....................................................................................
Compose a
nd Send Email
107
........................................................................................................
Open E
mail Messages
109
..............................................................................................................
Delete a
n Email Account
112
...........................................................................................................
Manage Your Em
ail Inbox
113
.........................................................................................................
Excha
nge ActiveSync Email Features
114
......................................................................................
Data Serv
ices General Information (LTE and 3G Networks)
116
............................................................
4G LTE
116 ......................................................................................................................................
Your Us
er Name
117
.......................................................................................................................
Data Conn
ection Status and Indicators 120
....................................................................................
Brow
ser 120
.............................................................................................................................................
Use the B
rowser 122
.......................................................................................................................
Add a B
ookmark 123
.......................................................................................................................
View Browser History
124 ................................................................................................................
Open Ne
w Browser Tab
126
............................................................................................................
Chrome Br
owser
127
...............................................................................................................................
Camera and Vi
deo 128
....................................................................................................................................
Camera Overv
iew 128
.............................................................................................................................
Take Pictures and Record Videos 130 ....................................................................................................
Take a
Picture
130
...........................................................................................................................
Record Vid
eos 131
..........................................................................................................................
TOC
iv
Shooting Modes
132 ........................................................................................................................
View Pictures and Videos Using Gallery 134 ...........................................................................................
Edit Pi
ctures
137
......................................................................................................................................
Auto Adj
ust a Picture 137
................................................................................................................
Rotate a P
icture 138
........................................................................................................................
Crop a P
icture 139
...........................................................................................................................
Draw on a
Picture 140
.....................................................................................................................
Share Pictures and Videos 142 ...............................................................................................................
Send Pictures or Videos by Email or Gmail
142 ..............................................................................
Send a P
icture or Video by Multimedia Message 143
.....................................................................
Send Pi
ctures or Videos Using Bluetooth
144
.................................................................................
Share
Pictures or Videos via Additional Apps or Social Media 145
................................................
Share Videos on YouTube
146 ........................................................................................................
Camera Options and Settings
147 ...........................................................................................................
Switc
h Cameras
147
........................................................................................................................
Set Cam
era Options 147
.................................................................................................................
Live B
roadcasting 149
.....................................................................................................................
Useful A
pps and Features
.........................................................................................................................153
My Spri
nt
153
...........................................................................................................................................
Sprint F
amily Locator 153
........................................................................................................................
Sprint Fun & Games..........................................................................................................................154
Sprint Music Plus 154
..............................................................................................................................
Acces
s Sprint Music Plus
154
..........................................................................................................
Sprint T
V & Movies 155
...........................................................................................................................
1Weathe
r
155
...........................................................................................................................................
Amazo
n 156
.............................................................................................................................................
App Spotlight
156 .....................................................................................................................................
Calcul
ator 156
..........................................................................................................................................
Calendar
158
............................................................................................................................................
Add an E
vent to the Calendar
158
...................................................................................................
View Ca
lendar Events
160
...............................................................................................................
Share Calendar Events
161 .............................................................................................................
Sync Cal
endars
163
.........................................................................................................................
Synchron
ize an Exchange ActiveSync Calendar
......................................................................165
TOC v
Calendar Settings 165 .....................................................................................................................
Caller ID 166 ............................................................................................................................................
Clock 166 .................................................................................................................................................
Set Al
arms
.................................................................................................................................168
Worl
d Clock
...............................................................................................................................169
Stopwatch 170
.................................................................................................................................
Timer
170
.........................................................................................................................................
Drive
171 ..................................................................................................................................................
Galaxy Apps
171 ......................................................................................................................................
Galler
y
171
...............................................................................................................................................
Google Ha
ngouts
173
..............................................................................................................................
Google M
aps
174
.....................................................................................................................................
Google Play Movies & TV
176 .................................................................................................................
Google Play Music App
176 .....................................................................................................................
Play
Music with Google Play
.....................................................................................................176
Google P
lay Music Screen Layout
177
............................................................................................
Create P
laylists in Google Play Music 178
......................................................................................
Google S
earch
179
..................................................................................................................................
Use Google
Search
179
...................................................................................................................
Use Google
Voice Search
179
.........................................................................................................
Facebook 180 ..........................................................................................................................................
Instagram 181
..........................................................................................................................................
Lookout 181
.............................................................................................................................................
Memo 182 ................................................................................................................................................
Messen
ger 182
........................................................................................................................................
Micros
oft Excel
183
..................................................................................................................................
Microsoft OneDrive 183 ...........................................................................................................................
Micros
oft OneNote
183
............................................................................................................................
Micros
oft PowerPoint
183
........................................................................................................................
Micros
oft Word
183
..................................................................................................................................
Music
184
.................................................................................................................................................
My Files
187 .............................................................................................................................................
NASCAR
Mobile
188
................................................................................................................................
NextRadio 188
.........................................................................................................................................
TO
C
vi
Pages Manager
188 .................................................................................................................................
S Health 189 ............................................................................................................................................
S Voice
190
..............................................................................................................................................
Samsung Gear 190
..................................................................................................................................
Samsung P
ay
191
....................................................................................................................................
Set Up S
amsung Pay
191
................................................................................................................
Simple P
ay
191
................................................................................................................................
Use Samsung Pay
192 ....................................................................................................................
Use Gift Cards with Samsung Pay............................................................................................192
Secure Your Information 192
...........................................................................................................
Samsung+
192
.........................................................................................................................................
SideSy
nc 193
...........................................................................................................................................
Video 193 .................................................................................................................................................
Voice Recorder 194 .................................................................................................................................
YouTube............................................................................................................................................197
Connectivi
ty
...............................................................................................................................................199
Transf
er Files Between Your Phone and a Computer 199
......................................................................
Wi-Fi
200
..................................................................................................................................................
Turn Wi-
Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network
200
..................................................................
Wi-Fi Sett
ings
201
............................................................................................................................
Disconnect Wi-Fi
202 .......................................................................................................................
Wi-Fi Dir
ect 202
...............................................................................................................................
Hotspot
203 ..............................................................................................................................................
Bluetooth 204
...........................................................................................................................................
Bluetooth
Information
204
................................................................................................................
Enable th
e Bluetooth Feature 204
...................................................................................................
Pair Bluetooth Devices
205 ..............................................................................................................
Connect to a Pai
red Bluetooth Device
206
......................................................................................
Send Inform
ation Using Bluetooth
206
............................................................................................
Receive Inf
ormation via Bluetooth
207
............................................................................................
Tethering 208 ...........................................................................................................................................
Global Services 209 .........................................................................................................................................
Set the C
ommunications Method for Global Use
209
..............................................................................
Select a C
arrier 209
.................................................................................................................................
TOC
vii
Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your Account 210 ........................................................................
Your Phone’s SIM Card for International GSM Roaming 210 .................................................................
Enabl
e Global Roaming Mode 211
..........................................................................................................
Make a
nd Receive Worldwide Calls 213
.................................................................................................
Sprint
International Voicemail Service 213
..............................................................................................
Set U
p Your Voicemail Access Number for International Use
214
..................................................
Acc
ess Your Voicemail Internationally
214
......................................................................................
International Data Roaming 215 ..............................................................................................................
Access Email and Data Services Internationally 215 ......................................................................
Contact
Sprint for Assistance with International Service
216
..................................................................
Setti
ngs 218
.....................................................................................................................................................
Basi
c Settings 218
...................................................................................................................................
Wi-Fi Settings Menu
220 ..........................................................................................................................
Bluetooth Settings 222 .............................................................................................................................
Phone
Visibility 223
..................................................................................................................................
Data Usa
ge Settings 223
.........................................................................................................................
Air
plane Mode 224
...................................................................................................................................
NFC and
Payment
.............................................................................................................................225
Mobi
le Networks Settings 226
.................................................................................................................
Locati
on
227
............................................................................................................................................
More Connection Settings
228 .................................................................................................................
Nearby De
vice Scanning 229
..........................................................................................................
Pri
nting 229
......................................................................................................................................
Mirr
orLink 230
..................................................................................................................................
Vir
tual Private Networks (VPN)
230
.................................................................................................
Wi-Fi
Calling Settings
232
........................................................................................................................
Hotspot and Tethering Settings 232 ........................................................................................................
Hotspot
Settings
232
........................................................................................................................
Tetherin
g Settings
233
.....................................................................................................................
Devic
e Settings 234
.........................................................................................................................................
Sound
s and Vibration Settings
234
..........................................................................................................
Sound Mode
235 ..............................................................................................................................
Vibr
ate While Ringing 236
...............................................................................................................
Volum
e 236
......................................................................................................................................
T
OC
viii
.
Vibration Intensity 236 .....................................................................................................................
Ringtones and Sounds 237 ..............................................................................................................
Vibr
ation Pattern 237
.......................................................................................................................
Notifi
cation Sounds
238
...................................................................................................................
Do Not Dis
turb 238
..........................................................................................................................
Sys
tem Sounds
239
.........................................................................................................................
Key
-tap Feedback
239
.....................................................................................................................
Sound Quality and Effects 240 ........................................................................................................
Notifications Settings.........................................................................................................................240
Display Settings 241
................................................................................................................................
Bri
ghtness 242
.................................................................................................................................
Blu
e Light Filter 242
.........................................................................................................................
Screen Mode
243 .............................................................................................................................
Screen Resolution
243 .....................................................................................................................
Scr
een Zoom and Font 243
.............................................................................................................
Home Sc
reen Settings
244
..............................................................................................................
Easy
Mode
244
................................................................................................................................
Icon Fr
ames
244
..............................................................................................................................
Edge S
creen Settings
245
...............................................................................................................
Night Cl
ock
248
................................................................................................................................
LED Indicator 248 ............................................................................................................................
Status
Bar Settings 248
...................................................................................................................
Scr
een Timeout
248
.........................................................................................................................
Scr
een Saver 249
............................................................................................................................
Keep S
creen Turned Off 249
...........................................................................................................
Appl
ications Settings
249
.........................................................................................................................
Applications Overview
250 ...............................................................................................................
Defaul
t Applications 251
..................................................................................................................
Adv
anced Features 252
...........................................................................................................................
Person
al Settings 253
......................................................................................................................................
Wall
paper and Themes
253
.....................................................................................................................
Wallpaper
253 ..................................................................................................................................
Them
es 253
.....................................................................................................................................
Icons
254
..........................................................................................................................................
T
OC
ix
Lock Screen and Security Settings 254 ...................................................................................................
Lock Screen and Security Overview 254 .........................................................................................
Screen
Lock
255
..............................................................................................................................
Disable t
he Screen Lock 257
...........................................................................................................
Device Sec
urity
257
.........................................................................................................................
Access
ibility Settings
.........................................................................................................................259
Vision
Accessibility
Settings......................................................................................................260
Hearing Acc
essibility Settings
261 ...................................................................................................
Dexterity and Interaction Settings
261 .............................................................................................
Configure
Other Accessibility Settings
262
......................................................................................
Cloud and A
ccounts 263
..........................................................................................................................
Samsung
Cloud 264
........................................................................................................................
Accounts 265 ...................................................................................................................................
Backup and Restore 265 .................................................................................................................
Google Sett
ings
267
.................................................................................................................................
System S
ettings 269
........................................................................................................................................
General Mana
gement Settings
269
.........................................................................................................
Language a
nd Input Settings
269
....................................................................................................
Date and Tim
e Settings 271
............................................................................................................
Report Dia
gnostic Info 271
..............................................................................................................
Reset
272 .........................................................................................................................................
Device Mai
ntenance Settings 274
...........................................................................................................
Optimiz
e Now
274
............................................................................................................................
Battery S
ettings
275
.........................................................................................................................
Performan
ce Mode 275
...................................................................................................................
Storage Sett
ings 276
.......................................................................................................................
Memory 276 .....................................................................................................................................
Help
277 ...................................................................................................................................................
Activate
This Device
..........................................................................................................................277
System Upd
ates
277
................................................................................................................................
About Dev
ice
278
.....................................................................................................................................
For Assistance 280 ..........................................................................................................................................
Sprint Ac
count Information and Help
280
................................................................................................
Sprint Ac
count Passwords 280
........................................................................................................
TOC
x
Manage Your Account 280 ..............................................................................................................
Sprint Support Services 281 ............................................................................................................
Copyr
ight Information
282
........................................................................................................................
Legal
Information 282
..............................................................................................................................
Intel
lectual Property
283
..................................................................................................................
Open
Source Software
283
..............................................................................................................
Disc
laimer of Warranties; Exclusion of Liability
283
................................................................................
Modification of Software
284 ............................................................................................................
Samsung Knox
284 ..................................................................................................................................
Restri
cting Children’s Access to Your Mobile Device 284
.......................................................................
Sams
ung Electronics America, Inc. 284
..................................................................................................
Index
286 ..........................................................................................................................................................
TOC
xi
Introduction
The following topics describe the basics of using this guide and your new phone.
About the User Guide
Thank you for purchasing your new Samsung Galaxy S6 edge+. The following topics explain how best to
use this guide to get the most out of your phone.
Before Using Your Phone
Read Get Started and Basic Operations thoroughly for proper usage.
Accessible services may be limited by subscription contract conditions.
Descriptions in the User Guide
Note that most descriptions in this guide are based on your phone's setup at the time of purchase. Unless
otherwise noted, instructions begin from the phone's home screen, which is displayed by pressing the
Home key. Some operation descriptions may be simplified.
Screenshots and Key Labels
Screenshots in the user guide may appear differently on your phone. Key labels in the user guide are
simplified for description purposes and differ from your phone's display.
Other Notations
In the user guide, the phone may be referred to either as “phone,” “device,” or “handset.”
Introduction 1
I
•••
...
Access Instructions on Phone
Whether you are new to Android
™
or just new to your Galaxy Note 5, your phone can help you learn how
to use it.
Access Help
Use the phone's Help menu to learn about your phone.
1. Press Home to display the home screen.
2. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Help .
3. Tap a topic to view its contents, or tap Search to search for a topic.
Introduction 2
I~
1
•••
Usage
Get Support from My Sprint
In addition to your phone's built-in Help menu, you can also access support for your phone and service
through the preloaded My Sprint app.
1. From home, tap Apps > My Sprint .
2. From the My Sprint main page, tap Support.
3. Tap a topic to view its contents.
Introduction 3
Proximity sensors
LED indicator
Volume keys
Touchscreen
Recent apps key
Front camera
-Power
key
Edge screen handle
SIM card
Back key
Home key/fingerprint sensor
Get Started
The following topics give you all the information you need to set up your phone and wireless service the
first time.
Parts and Functions
These topics illustrate your phone’s primary parts and key functions.
Note: Your phone's screens and apps layouts are subject to change. This user guide uses sample
images only.
Phone Layout
The following illustration outlines your phone’s primary external features and buttons.
Front view
Get Started 4
r---
I
l
I
-
'
-
- -
'
-
-
--
-
- - -
~
-
c:::J
-
a
-
-
-
-
I J
Part
Description
Earpiece
Listen to calls and automated prompts when using the phone.
Front camera
Takes pictures and records videos while facing the screen, and allows
you to video conference.
Power key
Turn the phone or screen on or off, or switch your phone to silent
mode, vibration mode, or airplane mode.
Edge screen handle
Swipe to reveal the Edge screen.
SIM card
Location of the SIM card.
Back key
Return you to the previous screen, or close a dialog box, options
menu, the notification panel, or onscreen keyboard.
Home key/fingerprint sensor
Return you to the home screen. Press and hold to open Google
™
Search/Google Now
™
. Use to register fingerprints for security.
Recent apps key
Access recently used apps.
Touchscreen
Display information needed to operate your phone, such as the call
status, the Contacts list, and the date and time. Also provides one-tap
access to all of your features and applications.
Volume keys
Adjust the ringtone or media volume or adjust the voice volume during
a call.
LED indicator
The LED indicator blinks or glows when charging, to indicate low
battery, to announce new notifications, and when voice recording.
Proximity sensors
Detect when objects are close to the screen. For example, when you
hold the phone to your ear while on a phone call, the sensors
temporarily lock the screen to prevent accidental screen touches.
Get Started 5
Rear camera
Flash
Heart rate monitor
Speaker
--~
~--
Headset jack
'----
Microphone
USB
charger/accessory port
Back view
Part
Description
Flash
Help illuminate subjects in low-light environments when the camera is
focusing and capturing a picture or video.
Heart rate monitor
Measure your heart rate via your fingertip when using the S Health
™
app. For more information, see
S Health.
Headset jack
Plug in a headset for convenient, hands-free conversations.
Microphone
Transmit your voice for phone calls or record your voice or ambient
sounds for voice recordings and videos. There are two microphones,
one on the top and one on the bottom.
USB charger/accessory port
Connect the phone to the charger via a USB cable.
Speaker
Play ringtones and sounds. The speaker also lets you hear the caller’s
voice in speakerphone mode.
Rear camera
Take pictures and videos.
CAUTION! Inserting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone.
Get Started 6
a
Battery Cautions
Charge the Battery
Follow these instructions to charge your phone’s battery using either the included charging head and USB
cable or via a USB connection on your computer.
Note: This device is also compatible with Samsung-approved wireless charging devices (sold separately).
Note: This phone has an in
tegrated battery that cannot be removed by the user.
Caution: Use only charging devices and batteries approved by Samsung. Samsung accessories are
designed for your device to maximize battery life. Using other accessories may invalidate your
warranty and may cause damage.
Storage: Avoid storing or leaving the phone with no battery charge remaining. Saved information and
settings may become lost or changed, or the phone may become unusable. Charge once every six
months before storing or leaving unused for a long period.
Charge Using the AC Adapter
For fastest charging times, use the Adaptive Fast Charger that came with your phone. This charger
provides faster charging only when connected to devices that have Adaptive Fast Charging.
1. Plug the USB cable into the USB charger/accessory port on the bottom of your phone.
2. Plug the other end of the USB cable into the charging head.
3. Plug the charging head into an electrical outlet.
4. After charging, disconnect the phone from the charger.
Unplug the charging head from the outlet, and remove the micro USB cable from the phone
and the charging head.
Get Started 7
Charge Using a PC Connection
Before using a PC connection to charge your phone, ensure that the computer is turned on. Depending
on the type of connection, your phone’s battery may not charge.
1. Insert the small end of the USB cable into the USB charger/accessory port on the bottom of your
phone.
2. Insert the large end of the USB cable into a USB port on your computer.
3. After charging, remove the USB cable from both the phone and the computer.
Turn Your Phone On and Off
The instructions below explain how to turn your phone on and off.
Turn Your Phone On
■ Press and hold the Power key.
Your phone will power on. Depending on the settings, you may see the lock screen.
See Lock and Unlock Your Screen and Screen Lock for information about using the screen
lock.
The first time you turn the phone on, you will see the startup screens. See Complete the
Setup Screens for details.
If your phone is not yet activated, see Activate Your Phone for more information.
Get Started 8
Turn Your Phone Off
1. Press and hold the Power key to open the phone options menu.
2. Tap Power off > Power off to turn the phone off.
Your phone will power off.
Your screen remains blank while your phone is off (unless the battery is charging).
Note: If your device is not responding, press and hold both the Power and Volume Down keys
simultaneously for more than seven seconds to restart the device.
Get Started 9
~
-
::;I\MSUNG
~
-
::;I\MSUNG
.ol
lOOl,
a
tH!
PM
""
:
Jll
IC£
-
~
con
t
act
s
Use the Touchscreen
Your phone’s touchscreen lets you control actions through a variety of touch gestures.
Tap or Touch
When you want to type using the onscreen keyboard, select items onscreen such as application and
settings icons, or press onscreen buttons, simply tap or touch them with your finger.
Touch and Hold
To open the available options for an item (for example, a contact or link in a Web page), touch and hold
the item.
Get Started 10
Swipe or Slide
To swipe or slide means to quickly drag your finger vertically or horizontally across the screen.
Drag
To drag, press and hold your finger with some pressure before you start to move your finger. While
dragging, do not release your finger until you have reached the target position.
Get Started 11
-
S/\MSUNG
Advanced features
1 l
:II
4,
t 1 I 9 0
Q W
I!
I f f V I
.:.
..
A I O f t N J ( L
...
.
Co)
Q
, • It I
..
--
•
Flick
Flicking the screen is similar to swiping, except that you need to move your finger in light, quick strokes.
This finger gesture is always in a vertical direction, such as when flicking the contacts or message list.
Rotate
For most screens, you can automatically change the screen orientation from portrait to landscape by
turning the phone sideways. When entering text, you can turn the phone sideways to bring up a bigger
keyboard. See Enter Text for more details.
Note: Screen rotation must be enabled for the screen orientation to automatically change. To enable
screen rotation, slide your finger down from the status bar to display the notification panel, and then tap
Auto rotate
to enable the option.
Get St
arted 12
"Pinch" the screen by moving two fingers inward to zoom out, or "spread" by moving two fingers outward
to zoom in.
Activate Your Phone
Follow the instructions below to activate your phone if it has not already been activated. Depending on
your account or how and where you purchased your phone, it may be ready to use or you may need to
activate it on your Sprint account.
● If you purchased your phone at a Sprint Store, it is probably activated and ready to use.
● If you received your phone in the mail and it is for a new Sprint account or a new line of service, it
is designed to activate automatically.
When you turn the phone on for the first time, you should see a Hands Free Activation
screen, which may be followed by a PRL Update screen and a Firmware Update screen.
Follow the prompts to continue.
● If you received your phone in the mail and you are activating a new phone for an existing number
on your account (you are swapping phones), you can activate on your computer online or directly
on your phone.
Activate on your computer:
• Go to sprint.com/activate and complete the online instructions to activate your phone.
Activate on your phone:
• Turn on your new phone. (Make sure the old one is turned off.) Your phone will
automatically attempt Hands-Free Activation.
• Tap Activate to override auto-activation and start the manual activation wizard.
• Follow the onscreen prompts to complete the activation process.
Get Started 13
Pinch and Spread
T
o confirm activation, make a phone call. If your phone is still not activated, visit sprint.com/support for
assistance. If you do not have access to the Internet, call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4727
from another phone.
Tip: Do not press the Power key while the phone is being activated. Pressing the Power key cancels the
activation process.
Note: If you are having any difficulty with activation, visit sprint.com/support.
Complete the Setup Screens
The setup screens help you set up certain features and preferences on your phone. Once your phone has
been turned on, you will see a Welcome message. You can then complete the setup process.
Note: You may be able to complete the setup screens before your phone has been activated on your
Sprint account.
1. At the Welcome screen, choose options, and then tap Start to begin setup:
Language: Choose the default language for your phone’s operation.
Accessibility: Configure settings to access settings to improve the accessibility of your
phone’s features if you are visually impaired or hard of hearing.
Emergency call: Make an emergency call.
2. Follow the prompts to complete setup for each topic. Tap Next, or the right arrow, to move
through the steps. You can skip options to continue to the next one. During setup, you may see
these options:
Note: Screens may vary based on the activation status of your phone.
Wi-Fi: By default, your phone prompts you to use Wi-Fi
®
when accessing data services. Tap
a Wi-Fi access point to connect to it, or you can continue setup using your phone’s
connection to the wireless network.
Terms and conditions: Read the End User License Agreement (EULA). If you do not agree
to the EULA, you cannot continue with setup.
• If you consent to provide diagnostic and usage data to Samsung, tap the check box.
• Tap Next > Agree to confirm that you understand and agree to the terms and conditions.
Add your account (Google): Your phone uses your Google Account to provide access to
many features and apps. Complete the steps to sign in to your current Google Account, or
sign up for a new Google Account right from your phone. You can also skip signing in to your
Google Account, or sign in later.
• To sign in to an existing Google Account, you will need your account name (Gmail
™
address) and password.
Get
Started 14
• For both new and existing accounts, you will need to review and accept the Terms of
Service and Privacy Policy by tapping Accept when prompted.
Note: When you sign in to a Google Account on your device, Factory Reset Protection is turned on.
Factory Reset Protection (FRP) prevents other people from using your device if it is reset to factory
settings without your permission. See Factory Reset Protection for more information.
Google services: Select your Google location and service options.
Name: Enter your first and last name to personalize Google features and apps.
Which device: Restore your apps and data from another device.
Protect your phone: Set up a screen lock to prevent others from using the phone without
your permission.
Samsung account: Some apps and features use your Samsung account. You can sign in to
your Samsung account, or follow the prompts to create a new account.
• To sign in to or set up a Samsung account, you will have to review and agree to the
Terms and Conditions by tapping Agree when prompted.
More useful features: Switch between the default screen layout and a simpler layout. Add
weather information to your main home screen.
3. Tap Finish to complete setup.
Your phone is now set up for use. If you skipped any part of the setup, you can access
additional options through the Apps list or through Settings.
Note: You do not need to sign up for a Google Account to use your phone. However, to download apps
from the Google Play
™
store app, you must link your phone to a Google Account.
G
et Started 15
GI
~
a
Basic Operations
The following topics outline basic features and operations of your phone.
Basics
The following topics offer an overview of your phone’s basic operations.
Home Screen and Applications (Apps) List
Most of your phone’s operations originate from the home screen or the apps list.
1. From any screen, press the Home key to display the home screen.
2. Tap Apps to display the apps list.
For information about using the home screen, see Home Screen Basics.
Select Options and Navigate Screens
Tap icons, onscreen keys, and other items to open or activate the assigned function.
● Tap Back to return to the previous screen.
Recent Applications
You can display a list of recently used applications using the recent apps key.
● Tap Recent apps to view a list of recently used applications.
Basi
c Operations 16
I
·
•••
...
~ 100'41 12:-45PM
SETTINGS
Apps
,
1,
'
Lock
screen
and
security
Cloud
and
accounts
C
d•
®
Goog
le
Accessibility
>
General
ma
n
agement
System
updates
'
....
y,
Show,.,._,
Help
About
device
Activate
this
device
Q
e
Phone Settings Menu
You can customize your phone’s settings and options through the Settings menu.
■ From home, tap Apps > Settings .
– or –
Drag the notification panel down and tap Settings .
The Settings menu displays.
For more information, see Setti
ngs.
Basic Operations 17
(*
, .
, . '
. .
(o)
'
..
I
,:::)
'..::.:J
)
Portrait and Landscape Screen Orientation
The default orientation for your phone’s screen is portrait (vertical), but many apps will change to
landscape orientation (widescreen) when you rotate the phone sideways.
Turn Screen Rotation On or Off
1. Open the notification panel by dragging down from the top of the screen.
2. Tap Auto rotate to turn the option on or off.
You m
ay need to scroll left or right to see the Auto rotate option.
If the Auto rotate option is not available, tap Expand to display the full options list.
Not all screens will adjust for landscape orientation.
Capture Screenshots
You can use your phone’s Power and Home keys to capture screenshots.
■ Press and hold the Power key and Home key at the same time to capture a screenshot of the
current screen.
The current screenshot will be captured and stored in the Screenshots album in the phone’s
Gal
lery. From home, tap Apps
> Gallery .
Dependi
ng on your settings, you may also capture a screenshot by swiping your palm across the screen
from side to side.
Basic Operations 18
e
-
i
===
0
+
)
To set up palm swipe screen capture:
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings .
2. Tap Advanced features and then tap On/Off next to Palm swipe to capture.
Edge Screen
The Edge screen provides a variety of useful tools for notifications, information feeds, and timekeeping.
Edge Panels
Edge panels can be used to access apps, tasks, and contacts, as well as view news, sports, and other
information on the Edge screen.
To view Edge panels:
■ When the screen is turned on, swipe the Edge panel handle from the edge of the screen to the
center. Keep swiping to view other panels.
To configure Edge panels:
■ From any screen, open the Edge screen, and then tap Settings
.
For more i
nformation, see Edge Panels Settings
.
Apps Edge
You can add up to ten apps in two columns to the Apps edge panel.
To view A
pps edge:
■ W
hen the screen is turned on, swipe the Edge panel handle from the edge of the screen to the
center. Keep swiping until the Apps edge panel is seen.
To configure Apps edge:
1. From any screen, open the Edge screen, and swipe until the Apps edge panel is displayed.
2. Tap Add
to
add more apps to the Apps edge.
To add an app to the Apps edge, find it on the left side of the screen and tap it to add it to an
available space on a column on the right.
To change the order of the apps on the Edge panel, drag each app to the desired location.
To remove an app, tap Remove .
3. Tap Back to
save changes.
Basi
c Operations 19
+
+
Tasks Edge
You can add shortcuts to common tasks performed with stock apps to the Tasks edge panel. Up to ten
tasks in two columns can be added.
To view Tasks edge:
■ When the screen is turned on, swipe the Edge panel handle from the edge of the screen to the
center. Keep swiping until the Tasks edge panel is seen.
To configure Tasks edge:
1. From any screen, open the Edge screen, swipe until the Tasks edge panel is displayed.
2. Tap Add to
add more tasks to the Tasks edge.
To add
a shortcut to the Tasks edge, find it on the left side of the screen and tap it or drag it
on to an available space on a column on the right.
To change the order of the tasks on the Edge panel, drag each task to the desired location.
To remove a task, tap Rem
ove .
3. Tap Back to s
ave changes.
People Edge
People edge allows you to set the Edge screen to light up with distinct colors when you receive
notifications about contacts in your My people list. You can also use this panel to quickly communicate
with contacts on your My people list.
To view People edge:
■ When the screen is turned on, swipe the Edge panel handle from the edge of the screen to the
center. Keep swiping until the People edge panel is seen.
To configure People edge:
1. From any screen, open the Edge screen, swipe until the People edge panel is displayed.
Tap Add
to
add more contacts to the People edge.
To rem
ove a contact, touch and hold the contact, and then drag it to Remove .
To cha
nge the order of the contacts on the Edge panel, drag each contact to the desired
location.
2. Tap Back
to save changes.
Basic Operations 20
Q
~
el
~
•
Edge Feeds
Edge feeds display select information and notifications on the Edge screen when the screen is turned off.
To view Edge feeds:
■ When the sc
reen is turned off, quickly swipe your finger along the Edge screen in one direction,
and then back in the opposite direction.
For more information, see Edge Feeds Settings.
Applications
The following topics describe how to access the applications (apps) list and launch apps on your phone.
Launch Applications
All installed apps can be accessed and launched from the apps list.
1. From home, tap Apps .
The apps l
ist o
pens.
2. Tap an app icon to launch the corresponding application.
The application opens.
Tip: Swipe left to view additional apps list screens. Some apps may reside within folders in the apps list;
to open these, tap the folder and then tap the app icon.
Apps List
The apps list expands to include any apps you download and install on your phone. The following table
outlines the primary apps that have been preinstalled on your phone.
App
Function/Service
1Weather
Receive real-time local weather information at any location in the world.
Access 7-day and hourly weather forecasts for your area.
Amazon (Amazon
Shopping)
Shop at Amazon
™
.com from your phone.
App Spotlight
Discover new apps from the Google Play store.
Calculator
Perform basic and advanced mathematical calculations.
Basic Operations 21
CD
I~
(!)
(f)
G
0
~
(~]
®
(j
(g)
~
B
@)
~
App
Function/Service
Calendar
Use Calendar to create and manage events, meetings, and
appointments, organize your time, and be reminded of important events.
Caller ID
See who is calling, even if the caller is not in your contact list.
Camera
Take pictures and record videos using the front and rear cameras.
Chrome
Browse the Internet using Google’s Chrome
™
Web browser.
Clock
Set alarms, view time in time zones around the world, use a stopwatch,
set a timer, and use your phone as a desk clock.
Contacts
Store and manage contacts from a variety of sources, including contacts
you enter and save directly in your phone as well as contacts
synchronized with your Google account, compatible email programs
(including Microsoft
®
Exchange Server), and your Facebook
™
friends.
Drive
Open, view, rename, and share your Google Docs
™
and files. Located in
the Google folder in the Apps list.
Email
Send and receive email from a variety of email service providers.
Excel
Create and share spreadsheets quickly and easily with Microsoft Excel.
Located in the Microsoft folder in the apps list.
Facebook
Keep up with friends and family with the Facebook app. Share updates,
photos, and videos, as well as text, chat, and play games.
Galaxy Apps
Discover apps designed exclusively for your Galaxy device.
Gallery
View and edit pictures and watch videos that you have taken with your
phone’s camera or downloaded.
Gmail
Send and receive email with Gmail, Google’s web-based email service.
Located in the Google folder in the Apps list.
Google
Search not only the Internet, but also the apps and contents of your
device. Located in the Google folder in the Apps list.
Hangouts
Meet friends and family online, share photos, host video calls, and send
SMS and Hangouts messages. Located in the Google folder in the Apps
list.
Basic Operations 22
e
ct
~
~
u
()
~
0
0
~
0
~
..
a,
App
Function/Service
Instagram
Capture and share photos and videos with your friends. Customize what
you capture, and then share it on your feed or post it directly to your
friends. Located in the Social folder in the apps list.
Internet
Browse the Internet using a full-featured browser.
Lookout
Use Lookout
®
Mobile Security for key security options, such as anti-virus
and anti-malware technology, a lost and stolen device locater service, an
application privacy adviser, and a backup service.
Maps
Find your current location and get directions and other location‑based
information.
Memo
Organize your life by creating, editing, and managing memos.
Messages
Send and receive text and multimedia messages.
Messenger
Reach out to your friends and family with Facebook Messenger
™
, which
works just like texting. A data plan is required to use Messenger. Located
in the Social folder in the Apps list.
Music
Use Music to browse your music library, play songs, and create playlists.
You can also set songs as ringtones for incoming calls, or as alarm tones.
My Files
Manage your sounds, images, videos, Bluetooth files, Android files, and
other data in one convenient location. Located in the Samsung folder in
the apps list.
My Sprint
Access your Sprint account, get device information, and help.
NASCAR Mobile
Follow NASCAR
™
news, view video highlights and driver stats, and more.
NextRadio
Listen to your favorite FM radio stations on the go with NextRadio
®
. Tune
in to any FM frequency in your area and listen to the radio without the
cost of streaming music.
OneDrive
Use OneDrive
®
for free online storage for all your personal files so you
can get to them from your Android device, computer, and any other
devices you use. Located in the Microsoft folder in the apps list.
OneNote
Stay organized using text, pictures, or audio notes. Create Quick Notes or
review and edit shared OneNote
®
notebooks using OneDrive. Located in
the Microsoft folder in the apps list.
Basic Operations 23
JIii
e
(!)
~
(8
®
0
•
•
~
0
App
Function/Service
Pages Manager
Manage up to 50 social media pages from your smartphone or tablet with
the Pages Manager app. You can check page activity, share with your
audience and see insights. Located in the Social folder in the apps list.
Phone
Make and receive phone calls.
Photos
Automatically back up your photos and videos to your Google Account.
Located in the Google folder in the Apps list.
Play Movies & TV
Watch movies and TV shows purchased from Google Play. You can
stream them instantly, or download them for viewing when you are not
connected to the Internet. You can also view videos saved on your
device. Located in the Google folder in the Apps list.
Play Music
Play music and audio files on your device. Located in the Google folder in
the Apps list.
Play Store
Find new apps, movies and TV shows, music, books, magazines, and
games in the Google Play store.
PowerPoint
Create and share presentations quickly and easily with Microsoft
PowerPoint
®
. Located in the Microsoft folder in the apps list.
S Health
Manage your health with S Health wellness application. Set fitness goals,
check your progress, and keep track of your overall health.
S Voice
Use the S Voice
™
voice recognition application to activate a wide variety
of functions on your phone.
Samsung Gear
Connect your device to your Samsung Gear using this application.
Located in the Samsung folder in the apps list.
Samsung Pay
Use your phone to pay at more places than any other mobile payment
service out there, from the grocery store to the coffee shop to your
favorite department store.
Samsung+
Get live help, discover new features, and unlock promotions for your
Samsung device.
Settings
Configure settings and options on your phone.
SideSync
Easily share screens, windows, and data between a PC and a Samsung
Android device with SideSync.
Basic Operations 24
~
.. n
..
@
~
..
..
@
D
•
,I,
..
ED
~
App
Function/Service
Sprint Family Locator
Use Sprint Family Locator to locate any phone on your Sprint family plan
instantly—from your mobile phone, tablet or computer.
Sprint Fun & Games
Download new apps and games from Sprint.
Sprint Music Plus
Purchase, download, and play music, ringtones, and ringback tones for
your phone.
Sprint TV & Movies
Use Sprint TV & Movies to watch live TV and access movies and other on
demand entertainment on the go.
Sprint Worldwide
Access information about Sprint Worldwide international voice and data
service.
Tech Expert
Get access to a US-based technical expert.
Video
View videos on your phone.
Voice Recorder
Record voice memos and share them with others. Located in the
Samsung folder in the apps list.
Voice Search
Search the Internet and your phone using voice commands. Located in
the Google folder in the apps list.
Voicemail
Use Visual Voicemail for quick and easy access to your voicemail. Now
you can find exactly the message you are looking for without having to
listen to every voicemail message first.
Word
Create and share word processing documents quickly and easily with
Microsoft
®
Word. Located in the Microsoft folder in the apps list.
YouTube
View and upload YouTube
™
videos from your device.
Note: Available apps are subject to change.
Basic Operations
25
G)
li:il
'"""
~ 1
00"4
1 l
HSPM
SETTINGS
Q
Apps
L
ock
screen and security
,~
Cloud and accounts
& Google
j
Access
ibility
v,
General
ma
na
geme
nt
System updates
"
He
lp
--·
Activate
this
device
d
""
Phone Number
Follow the instructions below to display your phone’s wireless phone number.
■ From home, tap Apps > Settings > About device .
You will see the number listed under My phone number.
Airplane Mode
Airplane mode turns off all functions that emit or receive signals, while leaving your phone on so you can
use apps that do not require a signal or data.
To turn on airplane mode:
■ Pull down the status bar and tap Airp
lane mode
> Turn on.
Your ph
one is now in airplane mode. You will see the airplane mode icon in the status
bar.
To turn off
airplane mode:
■ Pull down the status bar and tap Airplane mode
.
Your ph
one’s wireless connection features are now restored.
Basic Operations 26
-0---
~
-0---
the
1
2
3
4
6 7
w
e r t y u
a s d
f
g
h
-0,
z
X
C
V
n
,.,
*
,_..,
Portrait
,..
i 0 p
w
m
<El
d .
-0,
!@>
#
*
""
5
t u
f . h .
b
,_..,
Landscape
,..
0
m
e
<El
Next
Enter Text
You can type on your phone using the touchscreen Samsung keyboard or Google voice typing.
Samsung Keyboard
Use the touchscreen Samsung keyboard for entering text. The keyboard appears automatically when you
tap a text entry field, and can be used in either portrait or landscape mode. You can also use the Google
Voice
™
typing option to enter text using your voice (see
Google Voice Typing for details).
The Samsung keyboard offers a traditional QWERTY keyboard setup for entering text by tapping keys
(like on a computer), along with enhancements and options that allow you to enter text faster and more
accurately, such as continuous key input, personalized usage dictionaries, and more.
Note: Depending on which app you are using (Messages, Email, etc.), the keyboard appearance may
differ.
Assigning the Samsung Keyboard for Text Entry
If you have multiple text input methods installed on your device, you can select the Samsung keyboard to
be your default text input method from Settings, or you can choose it at any time while entering text.
Note: The Samsung keyboard is the default text input method on your phone. Additional keyboards and
input methods are available for download at the Google Play store. See Google Play Store
.
From
Settings:
1. From home, tap Apps
> S
ettings > General management .
2. Tap Language and
input > Default keyboard > Samsung keyboard.
Use Samsung Keyboard to Enter Text
■ Tap keys to enter text. While entering text, use these options:
If you make a mistake, tap Delete to d
elete incorrect characters. Touch and hold Delete
to delete a whole word or field.
Tap Shift to change the case of the text (the arrow will turn blue). Tap Shift twice to
switch to all capitals (the key will turn blue).
Basic O
perations 27
2/2
-0---
---0-
-0---
Q
n
l.d
®
!#0
'-------'
1m1
1/2
Enghsh(US)
0
Tap Symbols to switch to a symbols keyboard. There are two symbol keyboards; to
switch between them, tap Symbols (1 of 2) or Symbols (2 of 2) .
Tap Go
ogle voice typing to switch to Google Voice typing to enter text by speaking. See
Google Voice Typing.
Touch and hold Options to open an options menu. Select from the following options.
•
Voice input: Switch to Google Voice typing.
• Handwriting: Compose handwritten text.
• Clipboard: Attach a screenshot or other item from the clipboard.
• Emoticon: Display a list of emoticons.
• One-handed keyboard: Use a keyboard designed for one hand.
• Keyboard settings: View the Samsung keyboard settings menu.
If you have more than one language selected in Samsung Keyboard settings, you can swipe
your finger over Spacebar
to switch between languages.
Configure Samsung Keyboard
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
2. Tap Language and input > Virtual keyboard > Samsung keyboard.
Basic Operations 28
X
-0---
---0-
-0---
Tap
to
pause
f3
Google
I
iii
I
X
e
a
Google Voice Typing
Google Voice typing uses Google voice recognition to convert speech to text.
Use Google Voice Typing to Enter Text
1. Tap Voice input on the Samsung keyboard.
– or –
Touch and hold Options
on the Samsung keyboard, and then tap Voice input .
2. Speak into the microphone and watch your text being entered onscreen.
If the text is incorrect, select it and tap Delete .
3. Once you have completed entering your text, tap Exit . The keyboard will reappear.
Not
e: You can assign a new language to Google voice typing. Tap Settings > Languages and
tap a
language to select it. To add more languages, tap Settings > Languages, tap t
he language(s) you
want to add, tap Save, and then tap Back .
Configure Google Voice Typing
■ From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
■ Tap Language and input > Virtual keyboard > Google voice typing.
Basic Operations 29
D
III]
~
§i]
UID
<
~
~
@
Tips for Editing Text
Your phone gives you many options to make entering text easier, including copying, cutting, and pasting
text, using voice-to-text input, customizing the user dictionary, using predictive text, and more.
■ Double-tap or touch and hold text to highlight it, and then select from the following options:
Select all: Highlights all the text in the field.
Cut: Removes the selected text and saves it to the clipboard.
Copy: Copies the selected text to the clipboard.
Paste: Insert the last copied or cut text into the current field.
Share: Send the text with others using a variety of sharing methods.
Clipboard: Display the clipboard to choose previously cut or copied text.
Dictionary: Access your personal dictionary.
Assist: Perform a Google search on the selected term.
Google Account
You will need a Google Account to access several phone features such as Gmail, Google Maps
™
,
Hangouts, and the Google Play applications. Before you are able to access Google applications, you
must enter your account information. These applications sync between your phone and your online
Google Account.
Google Account Cautions
Be sure not to forget your Google Account ID or password.
Create a Google Account
If you do not already have a Google Account, you can create one online or by using your phone.
Note: You can also create and sign into your Google/Gmail account through your phone’s Setup
application.
Note: Although you need a Gmail account to use certain features of your phone, such as Google Play,
you do not need to use Gmail as the default account for your phone.
Basic Operations 30
(
ADO
ACCOUNT
-
Samsun
g
account
Email
M Exchan
ge
Firefox account
G
Google
LOAP
tffl
Unkedln
I
•••
...
A
100t.
l
1HSPM
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Microsoft
E
xchange
ActiveSync
0
Office
..
OneDrive
•
M
Per
sonal
(IMAP)
•
M
Personal
(POP
3)
•
..
Sprint
TV
&
Movies
Go gle
Sign
In
to
get the
most
out
of
your
device.
L
earnm04'e
Ema!I or
phone
Or create a n
ew
account
NEx
·· >
Create a Google Account Online
1. From a computer, launch a Web browser and navigate to google.com.
2. O
n the main page, click Sign in > Create account.
3. Follow the prompts to create your free account.
4. Look for an email from Google in the email box you provided, and respond to the email to confirm
and activate your new account.
Create a Google Account Using Your Phone
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Add
account.
2. Tap Google, and then tap Email or phone.
3. Follow the prompts to set up your account. Tap Next to proceed between steps and complete any
additional screens if prompted.
You are signed in to your Google Account, and your phone will synchronize the selected
items.
Note: When setting up a new Google Account, either on your phone or online, you will be prompted to
add a secondary email address. Enter a second Gmail address or any other email address from which
you currently send and receive email. This address is used to authenticate your account should you ever
encounter problems or forget your password. It is strongly encouraged for Android users so you can
regain access to Google services and purchases on your phone.
Basic Operations 31
o g
le
Sign In
to
ge
l
the
most
out
of
your device.
Le
arn
mor
e
Ema
il
or
phone
Or create a new
acco
unt
NEXT
>
1
•••
Sign In to Your Google Account
If you have a Google Account but have not yet signed in with your phone, follow these instructions to sign
in to your Google Account.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Add
account.
2. Tap Go
ogle, and then tap Enter your email.
3. Enter your Gmail address and password, and tap Next.
4. Complete any additional screens if prompted.
You are now signed in to your Google Account.
Factory Reset Protection
When you sign in to a Google Account on your device, Factory Reset Protection is activated. Factory
Reset Protection (FRP) prevents other people from using your device if it is reset to factory settings
without your permission. For example, if your device is lost or stolen and a factory data reset is
performed, only someone with your Google Account username and password can use the device.
You will not be able to access the device after a factory data reset if you do not have your
Google Account username and password. For more information, see Backup and Restore
.
Caution: You should remove your Google Account before shipping your device to Samsung or any other
service provider for service and before resetting the device to factory settings.
Enable Factory Reset Protection
Adding a Google Account to your device automatically turns on the Factory Reset Protection (FRP)
security feature.
Basic Operations 32
D
•
•
•
1 •
••
rm1
Disable Factory Reset Protection
To disable FRP, remove all Google Accounts from the device.
1. From home, tap App
s > Settings .
2. Tap Clou
d and accounts > Accounts > Goo
gle.
3. Tap Mo
re options > Remove account.
Google Play Store
Google Play is the place to go to find new Android apps, books, movies, and music for your phone.
Choose from a wide variety of free and paid content ranging from productivity apps and games to
bestselling books and blockbuster movies and music. When you find what you want, you can easily
download and install it on your phone.
To access the Google Play store app, you must first connect to the Internet using your phone’s Wi-Fi or
mobile data connection and sign in to your Google Account. See Browser and Sign In to Your Google
Account for details.
Installing Applications
Many different kinds of applications can be installed on your phone from Google Play (provided by
Google Inc.). The company is not responsible in any way for user-installed applications (quality,
reliability, legality, fitness for a purpose, credibility, accuracy, etc.) or resulting malfunctions (viruses,
etc.).
Important: Our policies often do not apply to third-party applications. Third-party applications may access
your personal information or require us to disclose your customer information to the third-party application
provider. To find out how a third-party application will collect, access, use, or disclose your personal
information, check the application provider’s policies, which can usually be found on their website. If you
aren’t comfortable with the third-party application’s policies, do not use the application.
Find and Install an App
When you install apps from Google Play app and use them on your phone, they may require access to
your personal information (such as your location, contact data, and more) or access to certain functions
or settings of your phone. Download and install only apps that you trust.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Play Store .
2. When
you open the Google Play store app for the first time, the Terms of Service window will
appear. Tap Accept to continue.
3. Browse through the categories, find an item you are interested in, and tap the name.
Search for an app. Tap the Google play search field, enter the name or type of app you are
looking for, and then tap Search
on the keyboard.
4. Tap an
app to read a description about the app and user reviews.
5. Tap Install (for free applications) or the price (for paid applications).
Basic Operations 33
D
-
-
-
I.
·~
.:::)
--
.,,
Note: If you have not already done so, you will need to set up a payment method to purchase paid apps
from Google Play.
6. The subsequent screen notifies you whether the app will require access to your personal
information or access to certain functions or settings of your phone. If you agree to the conditions,
tap Accept (for free apps) or Accept and then Buy (for paid apps) to begin downloading and
installing the app.
If you have not already set up a payment method, tap Continue and then follow the prompts
to arrange payment and complete the purchase.
The selected app is downloaded and installed on your phone.
Warning: Read the notification carefully! Be especially cautious with applications that have access to
many functions or a significant amount of your data. Once you tap OK on this screen, you are responsible
for the results of using this item on your phone.
Purchasing Applications
Purchase apps at your own risk. The company is not responsible for any disadvantage resulting for
user or third parties.
Request a Refund for a Paid App
If you are not satisfied with an app, you can ask for a refund within 15 minutes of the purchase. Your
credit card or other payment method is not charged and the app is uninstalled from your phone.
If you change your mind, you can install the app again, but you cannot request a refund a second time.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps
> Play Store .
2. Tap Menu > My apps & games.
3. Tap the ap
p to uninstall for a refund. The details screen for the app opens.
4. Tap Refund, and then tap Yes to confirm. Your app is uninstalled and the charge is cancelled.
Basic Operations 34
I
"·
-
-
Ssirint
~
100
\ 1
12
,.
SPM
=
My
apps &
games
0..
UPDATES INSTALLED Ll8RA.RY
Onthb~(38)
.._.
-
~
ANTRadioSeNice
~
80'8
g
ANT
+ f'tugi
ns
semc:e
~
8.
0K8
m
Beaming
semee
f«
Samsung
~
'"
'
,I
Br
iefing
for
Samsung
(Update)
~
1UKll
•l.1Hd6hr
ago
11
,
~-
~Ari]
""'
,.
F
ece
book Pages
M&011ger
I
UPDATE
I
101(111
M
Gmail
I UPDATE I
33Mtl
•
IJMcl17nw,ago
G
Gooo
•
I IJPDA
TE
I
"l!MB
•
UslldYNi.ns.,,
~
Maps
-
Naviga
t
io
n & Transit
~
Gooo
"
'""
,>
~
..
EYH'y()(lol
UPDATE
DowolloMI
1J2(1
,
17U
, T•••tULoctl
S-W
ReaH1me GPS
navigl;lt1011,
traff
ic,
transrt.
and
details
abou
t mdhons of pl
aces
.,~
WHArsNEW
• Bug Fixes
Become • beta
test«
http.//000 gl/vLUcaJ
Update an App
Depending on your settings, many apps will update automatically, or you can update apps directly from
the Play store app.
Update an App Directly
1. From home, tap Apps > Play Store .
2. Tap Menu > My apps & games.
3. Tap the app you want to update, and then tap Update.
The app update is downloaded and installed.
Basic Operations 35
I
•••
...
l
...
...
Sprint
..iill
100\ l
12
-4
5PM
= My apps & games
0..
UPOATES INSTA
LL
ED
L
18RARY
Onthhdmce(38)
.,_.
-
~
AHTRadioS.rvlce
~
a
:rrc:Pklg,n
t
SMiot
~
m
Be
aming$eMOefo
t$,,m$VnQ
~
.
...
•
Br
~
fi
ng
fo
r
SIMnsuog
(Update)
~
1
81
KJl•UMd6hr~
(j
F.ce
book
~~
1 01<8
;a
FiK:ebook Pag
es
Meoage
r
Li:?~
""'
M
Gmail
I
UPD
ATE I
33M8•0Md17""""90
G
Google
I UPDA
TE
I
-43
MB•lhledYn~
•
•
•
Set Automatic App Updates
1. From home, tap Apps > Play Store .
2. Tap Menu > My apps & games.
3. Tap the app you want to set for auto-update, and then tap More options > Auto-update.
The ap
p is set to update automatically whenever an update becomes available.
Note: Automatic updates are unavailable for some apps.
Uninstall an App
You can uninstall any app that you have downloaded and installed from Google Play.
1. From home, tap Apps > Play Store .
2. Tap Menu > My apps & games.
3. On the Installed screen, tap the app you want to uninstall, and then tap Uninstall > OK.
The app is uninstalled and removed from your phone.
Basic Operations 36
1
•••
-
-
-
IQ
Myappa&oam,es
·-
Movin ,
Mu,
ic.
8ooll•
..
•
_,,.&TV
0
Mu
s
ic
II
....
.
llil New
s'J
t~
B
·~·
GI
,
.....,
~
...,.,,.
Ill
W
iJh~
f l
0
.......
Pa
ren
1Gu
ide
I
.........
.
P1
.,
Get Help with Google Play
The Google Play store app offers an online help option if you have questions or want to know more about
the app.
1. From home, tap Apps > Play Store .
2. Tap Menu > Help & feedback.
Your phone will display the Google Play store Help page, where you will find comprehensive,
categorized information about Google Play. Tap Browse all articles to browse the full help
menu, or tap Search to search for specific topics.
Lock and Unlock Your Screen
Your phone allows you to quickly turn the screen off when not in use and to turn it back on and unlock it
when you need it.
Turn the Screen Off When Not in Use
To quickly turn the screen off:
■ Press the Power key. Pressing the Power key again or receiving an incoming call will turn on
your phone screen and show the lock screen.
To save battery power, the phone automatically turns off the screen after a certain period of time when
you leave it idle. You will still be able to receive messages and calls while the phone’s screen is off.
Note: For information on how to adjust the time before the screen turns off, see Screen Timeout.
Basic Operations 37
D
•
•
•
,
..
.
e
Turn the Screen On and Unlock It
1. To turn the screen on, press the Power key.
The lock screen appears.
2. Swipe your finger across the screen to unlock it.
The screen is unlocked.
If you have set up a screen lock, you will be prompted to draw a pattern, enter a password or
PIN, or scan your fingerprint. See Screen Lock
.
Update Your Phone
From time to time, updates may become available for your phone. You can download and apply updates
through the Settings > System updates menu.
Software Update Cautions
During update: The phone cannot be used until the software update is complete. It may take time to
update your phone’s software.
Signal during update: Update your phone where signal reception is good, and do not change
location during the update process. Make sure the battery is adequately charged before beginning an
update. A weak signal or low battery during an update may cause the update to fail. An update failure
may disable the phone.
Other functions during update: Other phone functions cannot be used during a software update.
Update Your Phone Software
You can update your phone's software using the System updates option.
Before Updating Your Phone
Updating your phone may result in a loss of saved data depending on the condition of your phone
(malfunctioning, damaged, water seepage, etc.). You must back up all critical information before updating
your phone firmware.
Back Up All Data Prior to Update
To back up your Gmail information:
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Google >
[your account].
2. Tap On
/Off to enable backup of each item.
3. Tap More options > Sync now to sy
nc your Google Account information.
Basic
Operations 38
...
"
""
(
SYSTEM
UPDATES
Down
l
oad
updates
manually
..
Down
l
oad
updates
automatically
Updat
e PRL
Update Profile
UICC Unl
ock
•
•
•
I
·
•••
...
r···
r
···
~ 1
00"4
1 l
HSP
M
Q
-
-
C:
To back up your Exchange Mail information:
1. From home, tap A
pps > Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Microsoft
Exchange ActiveSync.
2. Tap On/Off to enable backup of each option (Calendar, Contacts, Email, Tasks).
3.
T
ap More options
> S
ync now to sync your Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync information.
To back up your Google apps:
Your Google app purchases are saved remotely and can be re-installed after the update is applied.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Play Store .
2. Tap Menu > My apps & games > L
ibrary tab.
3. S
croll through the list of previously downloaded Google apps and choose those you want to
reinstall.
4. Follow the prompts.
Update Your Phone’s Software
Once you have backed up all your data, use the Update now option to update your phone’s software.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > System updates .
2. Tap Download updates manually.
Your phone automatically downloads and installs any available updates. You may be
required to power your phone off and back on to complete the software upgrade.
Basic Operations
39
(
SYSTEM
UPDATES
Download updates manually
"''
Download updates automa
ti
cally
Update
PRL
Update Profile
UICC Unl
ock
[
...
...
[
...
...
"'1
00"4
1 l
HSPM
..
....,
Q
C:
Alternatively, you can access system updates through the notification panel.
1.
Locate the System Update Available icon on the notification panel.
2. Sli
de the status bar down.
3. Tap System Update Available
to open the System Updates screen.
4. Tap Down
load and follow the prompts.
The downloading icon
appear
s within the status bar to indicate the phone is downloading
the necessary files.
5. Follo
w the prompts to install the update and restart your phone.
Confirm Your Current Phone Software
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > About device .
2. Locate the
Software version read-only field.
Update Your Profile
This option allows you to automatically update your online user profile information. If you choose to
change your user name and select a new one online, you must then update the user name on your
phone.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > System updates > Update Profile.
2. Follow the prompts.
The phone will download and install the profile update and you will see a confirmation when
completed.
Basic Operations 40
( )
r
···
,..
..
"'
1
00"4
1
lHSPM
(
SYSTEM
UPDATES
Q
Down
l
oad
updates
manually
,d,
-
-
Down
l
oad
updates
automatically
C.
Update
PRL
Update Profile
UICC Unl
ock
Note: If your data services or account syncing ever seems to go out unexpectedly, use this feature to
reconnect with the network.
Update Your PRL
This option allows you to download and update the PRL (preferred roaming list) automatically.
1. From home, tap App
s > Settings > System updates > Update PRL.
2. Follow the prompts.
The phone will download and install the PRL update and you will see a confirmation when
complete.
Basic Operations 41
area
Primary
shortcuts
Status
area
Status
bar
_ _
Application
icons
Your Phone's Home Screen
The following topics describe how to use and customize your phone’s home screen, understand the
status bar, and use the notification panel.
Home Screen Basics
The home screen is the starting point for your phone’s applications, functions, and menus. You can
customize your home screen by adding application icons, shortcuts, folders, widgets, and more.
Home Screen Layout
Your home screen extends beyond the initial screen. Swipe the screen left or right to display additional
screens.
Your Phone's Home Screen 42
'
--
Ci1
BRIEFING
Item
Description
Status area
The status area of the status bar (on the right) displays phone and
service status information such as signal strength, battery status, Wi-Fi
and data connectivity, ringer status, and time.
Status bar
The status bar displays icons to notify you of your phone’s status (on
the right side) and notifications (on the left side).
Widget
Widgets are self-contained onscreen apps that reside on your phone’s
home screen.
Application icons
Application icons are shortcuts to favorite applications. You can add
and remove these shortcuts as you want.
Applications (Apps) list
Tap to open the applications (Apps) list. The Apps list key is a primary
shortcut available from all home screens.
Primary shortcuts
Primary shortcuts are application shortcuts that appear in the same
location on all of your phone’s home screens. These are customizable
except for the Applications (Apps) shortcut, which remains static.
Notification area
The notification area of the status bar (on the left) displays notifications
for incoming messages, missed calls, application updates, and more.
Note: The indicator above the primary shortcuts lets you know your current screen position.
Tip: Pr
ess the Home key to return to the main home screen from any other screen.
Extended Home Screens
In addition to the main home screen, your phone features extended home screens to provide more space
for adding icons, widgets, and more. Press the Home key to display the main home screen.
● Swipe left or right to go to an extended home screen.
● While on an extended screen, press the Home key to return to the main home screen.
Your Phone's Home Screen 43
Add Home Screens
If you want to set up more shortcuts or widgets than you have space for, you can add more home
screens.
1. Touch and hold an empty area on a home screen.
2. Scroll through the thumbnail screens to the right until you see a blank screen with a + sign.
3. Tap to add the screen.
A new blank home screen will be added to the far right of your screens.
Your Phone's Home Screen 44
Notification
area
Status
area
Status
bar
*
0
,a..
~
~
Status Bar and Notification Panel
Your phone’s status and notifications are available at a glance at the top of the screen.
Status Bar
The status bar at the top of the home screen provides phone and service status information on the right
side and notification alerts on the left. To view the notification panel or access the quick settings menu,
pull down the status bar from the top of the screen.
Status Bar Layout
Main Status Icons
Icon
Status
Bluetooth:
GPS:
Wi-Fi:
Mute mode:
Bluetooth is active.
GPS is active.
Wi-Fi is active.
Mute mode is enabled.
Your Phone's Home Screen 45
Vibrate mode:
Signal strength:
Roaming signal strength:
3G:
4G LTE active:
Airplane mode:
Sync:
Battery charging:
Battery full:
Missed call:
My Sprint:
New voicemail:
New email:
New Gmail:
New message:
New Hangouts message:
Event:
USB:
~1
~
R
....
~
L~
~
0
•
'V
r"'-
't,
OD
II
~
..
~
•
i'
Icon
Status
Vibrate mode is enabled.
Cellular network signal strength is displayed.
Roaming network signal strength is displayed.
The device is connected to a 3G wireless network.
The device is connected to a 4G LTE wireless network.
Airplane mode is active.
Sync is active.
Battery is charging.
Battery is fully charged.
Main Notification Icons
Icon
Notification
A call has been missed.
New My Sprint message has arrived.
New voicemail message has been received.
New email has arrived.
New Gmail has arrived.
New text or MMS message
New Hangouts message has arrived.
A calendar event is approaching.
A USB connection is active.
Your Phone's Home Screen 46
Alarm:
Emergency alert:
Update available:
File download in progress:
File upload in progress:
Update successful:
More notifications available:
•
&
ill
n
• -
•
-
11
•
.
.....
,,,_
Info
·--
(o)
Trtnsferring media files via
use
T•p
1111'
odlel'
USS
opoom
I)
Icon
Notification
An alarm has been set.
A new Emergency alert has arrived.
An app update is available from the Google Play store.
Download of a file or app is in progress.
File is being uploaded or sent.
An app or software update was successful.
View additional notifications.
Note: Additional notification icons may appear. All notifications may be accessed through the notification
panel.
Notification Panel
Your phone’s notifications appear at the left side of the status bar, and you can access the full notification
panel by pulling down the status bar. From there, you can check notifications, download updates, open
messaging apps, use the quick settings menu, and more.
Open the Notification Panel
■ Pull the status bar down. (Slide your finger down from the top of the screen.)
The notification panel opens. To check notifications, tap an item in the list.
Your Phone's Home Screen 47
PM
Wed.~19
<]>)
·
--
I
nfo
8atteryfullyctiar9f(t.
f~Sys~
Settings
(o)
Quick settings
------+-Expand
Notifications
T
ra
nsf
e
rr
ing
med
ia f
iles
via
use
Tap
forotherUS8optlOnS.
Clear notifications
Close the Notification Panel
■ Slide the notification panel up. (Slide your finger up from the bottom of the screen.)
– or –
Tap Back
to close the notification panel.
Notification Panel Layout
The notification panel gives you access to notifications, brightness control, settings, and the quick settings
menu.
Notification Panel Quick Settings
The Quick Settings list at the top of the notification panel lets you quickly access frequently used settings
options. Scroll left or right to display all available settings, and tap an icon to turn the selected feature on
or off.
To view additional Quick settings:
1. From a home screen, pull down the status bar to display the notification panel.
Your Phone's Home Screen
48
a
lHSPM
Wf,d,Apri119
(:I:
,f
_.,,deo,;cfl;
•
.,'
c:Ji)
Wi-R
·-
.....
I
nfo
Batteryfulychafged.
.......
Transferr
ing
media, fi
les
via,
use
...
....
......
.
..
•
•
•
CJ
CJ
CJ
CJ
2. Drag View all downward to display the quick settings panel options.
3. Tap a setting to turn it on or off.
4. Tap More options to edit Quick settings or to change the button layout.
5. Drag View all upward to close the Quick settings.
Multi Window
Multitask by using multiple applications at the same time
Activate Multi Window
Apps that support Multi window
™
display together on a split screen. You can switch between the apps and
adjust the size of their display on the screen.
Note: Multi window is not available for all apps.
1. From any screen, tap Recent apps
.
Recent
ly used apps that support Multi window have a Multi window icon in their title bar.
2. Tap Multi window in the title bar to launch an application in split screen view.
Other recently used apps that support Multi window display below the launched app.
3. Tap an app to add it to the split screen view.
Your Phone's Home Screen 49
...c..
l!!J
.
()
~
X
I
'
•••
...
Window Controls
Use Window controls to switch windows, open an app in a pop-window, or to close an app.
1. Select an app window, and then tap the middle of the window border.
2. The following options are available:
Switch windows: Switch locations between Multi window apps.
Open in pop-up view: Open the selected app in a pop-up window.
Close app: Close the selected app.
Customize the Home Screen
Learn how to set the wallpaper and add, move, or remove shortcuts, widgets, and folders from the home
screen.
Operations for Rearranging the Home Screen
● Moving Widgets and Icons: From home, touch and hold an item and then drag it to the desired
location.
● Deleting Widgets and Icons: From hom
e, touch and hold an item and then drag it to Remove
.
● Displaying th
e Home Screen Menu: From home, touch and hold an empty space to display the
Home Screen menu. Menu options include Wallpapers, Widgets, Themes, and Screen grid.
Change the Wallpaper
Select and assign your phone’s background wallpaper.
1. From home, touch and hold an empty space, and then tap Wallpapers and themes .
You can also access the wallpaper menu through settings. From home, tap Apps >
S
ettings > Wallpapers and themes .
2. Tap View all to see all available wallpaper images.
3. an option to select the wallpaper.
Tap From Gallery for additional wallpapers.
Your Phone's Home Screen 50
4. Tap
an image to choose it, and then choose where you want to use it:
Home screen
Lock screen
Home and lock screens
5. Tap the following options:
Motion effect: Allow the wallpaper to shift slightly as you move the device, creating a 3D
effect.
Set as wallpaper: Set the image as the wallpaper.
The wallpaper is set.
Add Shortcuts to the Home Screen
You can add shortcuts for quick access to favorite apps from the home screen.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps .
The Apps list opens.
2. Touch and hold an app icon.
The icon will disengage and you will see thumbnails of your home screens.
3. Drag the icon to an empty location on one of the home screens.
The shortcut is added to the home screen.
Your Phone's Home Screen 51
Add Widgets to the Home Screen
You can add widgets to your phone’s home screen. Widgets are self-contained apps that display on a
home screen. Unlike a shortcut, the Widget works like as an onscreen application. There are all kinds of
widgets, including links to a specific contact, Internet bookmarks, Gmail and email accounts, and many
others.
1.
From home, touch and hold an empty space, and then tap Widgets .
The Widgets list opens.
2. Touch and hold a widget icon.
The icon will disengage and you will see thumbnails of your home screens.
3. Drag the icon to an empty location on one of the home screens.
The widget is added to the home screen.
Add Folders to the Home Screen
You can group home screen shortcuts into folders for convenient access.
1. From home, touch and hold a shortcut you want to place in a folder, and then drag it on top of
another shortcut and release it.
2. Type a name for the folder and tap Back
.
A new folder is created.
3. To add more app shortcuts to the folder, touch and hold a shortcut and drag it on top of the new
folder.
The new shortcut is added to the folder.
Change Folder Names
Once you have added folders, you can change the name easily from the folder display.
1. From home, tap the folder to open it, and then tap the folder name.
2. Type a new name and then tap Done.
Change the Folder Color
You can change the color of a folder.
1. From home, tap the folder to open it.
2. Tap Palette and select a color, and then tap Back .
You
r Phone's Home Screen
52
Phone App
The following topics outline the use of your device’s phone app to place and receive calls, use voicemail,
set up and manage contacts, and more.
Place and Answer Calls
The following topics describe how to directly dial calls, how to answer incoming calls, and how to use the
in-call screen options.
Adjust In-Call Volume
■ Adjusting Call Volume: Press the Volume key up or down during the call.
Troubleshooting
Problem: Difficulty during call.
Solution 1: It may not be possible to make a call properly in a noisy location.
Solution 2: When calling using Speaker, check the call volume. Raising the call volume may make
cal
ling difficult.
Problem: Sound pops momentarily during a call.
Solution: Are you changing location while calling? Sound pops when signal is weak and the phone
switches to a different area.
Call Using the Phone Dialer
The most “traditional” way to place a call is by using the phone’s dialer screen.
1. From home, tap Phone to display the phone screen.
The phone app opens. If necessary, tap Keypad to display the dialer screen.
Phone App 53
'"""
~ 1
00"4
1
lHSPM
John Smith
S5
123-4
(555) 555-12
34
G
1
2 3
=
ABC
""
4
5
6
...
MNO
7
8 9
" s
N
W'JI.Yl
*
0
.
#
§I
2. Tap the number keys on the keypad to enter the phone number.
As you enter digits, Smart dial searches for contacts that match. If you see the number you
want to dial, tap it to place the call immediately without entering the rest of the number .
3. Tap Dial to c
all the number.
The ph
one dials the number. The call begins when the other party answers.
4. To end the call, tap En
d
.
The
call ends.
Troubleshooting
Problem: Call does not connect.
Solution 1: If the number was not dialed using the area code, try dialing using the full 10-digit number
including the area code.
So
lution 2: If you are in an area with poor wireless coverage, try calling again from another area.
Call Emergency Numbers
You can place calls to 9-1-1 even if the phone’s screen is locked or your account is restricted.
To c
all the 9-1-1 emergency number when the phone’s screen is locked with a screen lock:
1. F
rom the lock screen, swipe the Phone shortcut up, and then tap Emer
gency call.
2. Tap 9-1-1 and tap Dial .
As long as you are in an area covered by wireless service, the emergency call is placed.
Phone App 54
e
•
-
To call the 9-1-1 emergency number normally or when your account is restricted:
1. Unlock the screen. For more information, see Lock and Unlock Your Screen.
2. From home, tap Phone .
If ne
cessary, tap Keypad to display the keypad.
3. Tap 9-1-1 and tap Dial .
As long as you are in an area covered by wireless service, the emergency call is placed.
Enhanced 9-1-1 (E 9-1-1) Information
This phone features an embedded Global Positioning System (GPS) chip necessary for utilizing E 9-1-1
emergency location services where available.
When you place an emergency 9-1-1 call, the GPS feature of your phone seeks information to calculate
your approximate location. Depending on several variables, including availability and access to satellite
signals, it may take up to 30 seconds or more to determine and report your approximate location.
Important: Always report your location to the 9-1-1 operator when placing an emergency call. Some
designated emergency call takers, known as Public Safety Answering Points (PSAPs), may not be
equipped to receive GPS location information from your phone.
Answer Phone Calls
The following information lets you know how to answer incoming calls, mute the ringer on incoming calls,
reject incoming calls, and more.
When you receive a phone call from a contact, the Incoming call screen appears and displays the caller
ID icon, name, and phone number of the calling party. When you receive a phone call from someone who
is not stored in Contacts, only the default caller ID icon and phone number appear on the Incoming call
screen.
Note: If your phone is turned off, all calls automatically go to voicemail.
Answer an Incoming Call
1. When a call arrives, drag Answer to the right to answer. The call begins.
2. To end the call, tap End .
The
call ends.
Phone App 55
Reject an Incoming Call
+
•
•
•
Mute the Ringing Sound
■ To mute the ringer without rejecting the call, press the Volume key down.
■ When a call arrives, drag Reje
ct to the left to reject it.
The r
ingtone or vibration will stop and call will be sent directly to voicemail.
Reject a Call and Send a Text Message
You can reject an incoming call and automatically send a text message to the caller.
1. When a call arrives, drag Send message up from the bottom of the screen.
The ringtone or vibration will stop and you will see a list of preset text messages.
2. Tap one of the messages to send it to the caller.
The selected message will be delivered to the caller.
You can edit existing reject messages or create new ones through the Call settings menu.
Fr
om home, tap Phone
> More options > Settings > Quick decline messages and
edit or create reject messages.
In-Call Screen Layout and Options
While you are on a call, you will see a number of onscreen options.
In-Call Screen Layout
■ Tap options to activate them during a call.
● Add call : Tap to initiate a conference call.
Af
ter the second call is placed, tap Merge to join the two calls (conference).
● Extra volume : Increase the current volume of the call.
● Blu
etooth : Route the phone’s audio through a connected Bluetooth headset (On) or through
the spe
aker (Off).
When
the call is routed to a Bluetooth headset, the current call area shows the Bluetooth
call icon .
Note: T
he Bluetooth button is activated to show the current call is routed to the connected Bluetooth
headset.
Phone App 56
•
:
~))
••
::
•
•
•
•
To route the current call back to the phone, tap Bluetooth to temporarily use the phone.
Tap it again to route the call back to the connected Bluetooth headset.
When Blu
etooth or the Bluetooth headset is turned off, the call is routed through either the
earpiece or speaker.
●
Speaker : Route the phone’s audio through the speaker (On) or through the earpiece (Off).
Activate S
peaker to route the phone’s audio through the speaker. (You can adjust the
speaker volume using the Volume key.)
Deactivate Speaker to use the phone’s earpiece.
Warning: Because of higher volume levels, do not place the phone near your ear during speakerphone
use.
● Keypad/Hide
: Toggle the
appearance of the onscreen keypad.
● Mute : Mute the mi
crophone during an active call. Tap again to unmute the microphone.
Note: If Mute is activated, the speaker mode is deactivated.
● End call : End the current call.
Additional In-Call Options
■ Tap More options to display additional in-call options:
View contac
t: Display your caller’s contact information (if available).
Add to contacts: Add the caller to your Contacts list.
Send message: Send a text or multimedia message while remaining on the call.
End of Call Options
When a call ends, you will briefly see an end-of-call options screen, which may include:
● View contact: Display the contact information for the caller.
● Add to contacts: Create a new contact entry for the caller. See Add a Contact.
● Call: Place a call to the caller.
● Message: Address a text message to the caller. See Send a Text Message.
Phone App 57
Place a Call from Contacts
You can place phone calls directly from entries in your Contacts list.
1. From home, tap Phone to display the phone app.
2. Tap Contacts to display the Contacts list.
The Contacts list appears.
3. Tap a contact.
4. Tap Call
to place a call.
The
phone dials the number. The call begins when the other party answers.
5. To end the call, tap End
.
Tip: Y
ou can also place a call directly from the Contacts list. Swipe the entry you want to call from left to
right to place a call to the entry’s primary number.
Call from Call Log
The call log list lets you quickly place calls to recent incoming, outgoing, or missed numbers.
1. From home, tap Phone to display the phone app.
2. Tap Rece
nts to display the call log list.
The call log list appears.
3. Tap an entry to display the call details.
4. Tap
to place a call.
The
phone dials the number. The call begins when the other party answers.
For additional options, tap the name or number.
5. To end the call, tap E
nd .
P
hone App 58
T
ip: You can also place a call directly from the Call logs list. Swipe the entry you want to call from left to
right to place a call.
Optional Services
The following topics outline additional voice-related services available with your phone, including call
services, voicemail, and more.
Voicemail Setup
Follow the instructions below to set up voicemail on your phone. You should set up your voicemail and
personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated. Always use a password to protect against
unauthorized access. Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail, even if
your phone is in use or turned off.
1. From home, tap Phone
to display the phone screen.
2. Touc
h and hold the 1 key to dial your voicemail number.
Your phone dials the voicemail access number.
3. Follow the system prompts to:
Create your passcode.
Record your name announcement.
Record your greeting.
Important: Voicemail Passcode – It is strongly recommended that you create a password when setting
up your voicemail to protect against unauthorized access. Without a passcode, anyone who has access
to your phone is able to access your voicemail messages.
Phone App 59
..
.
Visual Voicemail
Visual Voicemail gives you a quick and easy way to access your voicemail. Now you can find exactly the
message you are looking for without having to listen to every voicemail message first. This feature
periodically goes out to your voicemail, and gathers the caller information from all of the current
voicemails. It then populates a list with the caller name and number, along with the length of time and
priority level of the voicemail message.
Set Up Visual Voicemail
Setting up Visual Voicemail follows many of the same procedures as setting up traditional voicemail. You
should set up your voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated. Your phone
automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned off.
Note: To set up your traditional voicemail box, see Voicemail Setup.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Voicemail .
– or –
Tap Phone , and
then tap Visual Voicemail .
You wil
l see a Welcome to Visual Voicemail screen.
2. Scroll through the introduction screens to view a brief explanation of visual voicemail services.
3. At the end of the welcome screens, a Personalize your voicemail prompt is displayed.
4. Tap Personalize now and follow the system prompts to:
Create a passcode (part of standard voicemail).
Record your name announcement.
Record your greeting.
Important: Voicemail Passcode – It is strongly recommended that you create a passcode when setting
up your voicemail to protect against unauthorized access. Without a passcode, anyone who has access
to your phone is able to access your voicemail messages.
Review Visual Voicemail
Visual Voicemail lets you easily access and select which messages you want to review.
1. From home, tap App
s > Voicemail .
You wil
l see the voicemail inbox.
Phone App 60
E-
Welcome
to
Voicem...
..._
0
:0
6
Upgrade
to
a Prem
um
accc mt today and transcribe
your voicemails
to
text
.
u
'l
E-
Welcome
to
Voicem...
..
0
:0
6
Upgr
ade 10 a
r>,-em
um
a
ccc
mt
tod
ay and
tr
a
nscribe
your voice
mai
ls
to
text.
•
•
•
2. Tap a message, and then tap Play to review it.
Tip: For an explanation of all your Visual Voicemail options, tap More options > Help > Visual
Voicemail Menu > Visual Voicemail Settings.
Listen to Multiple Voicemail Messages
When you are done listening to a voicemail message you can easily access other voicemail messages
without returning to the main voicemail screen.
1. Listen to the current voicemail message.
2. Swipe your finger left or right to display the next or previous message.
You can navigate through voicemail messages as frequently as you would like. You can even move to the
next or previous message before you are finished listening to the current one.
Phone App 61
. .
•
•
•
•
•
•
I
· •••
...
r
···
r···
..
..
Visual Voicemail Options
Your visual voicemail options appear as icons at the bottom of the voicemail review screen.
1. From home, tap Apps > Voicemail .
2. Tap
a message to review it.
3. Touch and hold a message to manage your messages.
Configure Visual Voicemail Settings
The Visual Voicemail settings menu lets you access settings for notifications, pictures, greetings, and
more.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Voicemail .
2. Tap M
ore options > Settings.
You wi
ll see the voicemail settings menu.
3. Select an option to change its settings:
Avatar: Configure you Avatar options.
Display: Change your voicemail message theme and enter a name to identify yourself to
people when replying or forwarding messages.
Help/Info: View help topics for using Visual Voicemail.
Preferences: Change your Visual Voicemail application preferences.
Sound: Change your sound/speakerphone options.
Updates: Check for updates.
About Voicemail: View information about the application.
Change Your Main Greeting Using the Voicemail Menu
Your main greeting can be changed directly using the Visual Voicemail system. This direct access saves
you from having to navigate within the voicemail menu.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Voicemail .
2. Tap More options > Settings > Preferences > Personalize voicemail.
3. Tap OK to connect to the voicemail system. Follow the prompts to change your current greeting.
Phone App
62
e
•
•
•
I
:::
-
•
Edit the Display Name via the Voicemail Menu
From your Visual Voicemail menu, you can quickly change the name or number attached to your voice
messages.
1. From home, tap Apps > Voice
mail .
2. Tap More opt
ions > Settings > Display > Display n
ame.
3. Tap the exi
sting identification field and enter a new identifying name or number (used to identify
you to recipients of your voice messages).
4. Tap OK to save your information.
Wi-Fi Calling
Wi-Fi Calling uses Wi-Fi networks to help improve voice and data coverage. It sends and receives calls
and text messages over a connected Wi-Fi network and may offer better coverage in buildings and areas
of poor cellular reception.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings .
2. Tap Wi-Fi Calling and follow the prompts to set up Wi-Fi Calling.
You will see
in the status bar when Wi-Fi Calling is active and connected, or
if Wi-Fi
Calling is set up but you are not connected to a Wi-Fi network.
Note: When using Wi-Fi calling, the phone app icons differ slightly. Tap Dial to place a call, and
tap End to end a c
all.
For more informati
on, see Wi-Fi Calling Settings.
Caller ID Blocking
Caller ID identifies a caller before you answer the phone by displaying the number of the incoming call. If
you do not want your number displayed when you make a call, follow these steps.
1. From home, tap Phone
to display the phone screen.
The phone app opens. If necessary, tap Keypad to display the keypad.
2. Tap *-6-7.
3. Enter a pho
ne number.
-
4. Tap Dial .
Your caller information will not appear on the recipient’s phone.
To permanently block your number, call Sprint Customer Service.
Phone App 63
•
+
•
Call Waiting
When you are on a call, Call Waiting alerts you to incoming calls by sounding a long beep. Your phone’s
screen informs you that another call is coming in and displays the caller’s phone number (if it is available).
To respond to an incoming call while you are on a call:
■ Slide Answer
to the right. (This puts the first caller on hold and answers the second call.)
To sw
itch back to the first caller:
■ Tap Swap
.
Conference Calling
With conference calling, also known as 3-way calling, you can talk to two people at the same time. When
using this feature, the normal airtime rates will be charged for each of the two calls.
1. From home, tap Phone to display the phone screen.
The phone app opens. If necessary, tap Keypad to display the keypad.
2. Onc
e you have established the connection, tap Add call , and dial the second number (or
place
the call from Recents or Contacts).
This puts the first caller on hold and dials the second number.
3.
When you are connected to the second party, tap Merge
. Your conference call is now in
ses
sion.
4. To end the three-way call, tap End
.
Note: If one of the people you called hangs up during your call, you and the remaining caller stay
connected. If you initiated the call and are the first to hang up, all callers are disconnected.
Call Forwarding
Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to another phone number – even when your
phone is turned off. You can continue to make calls from your phone when you have activated Call
Forwarding.
Note: You are charged a higher rate for calls you have forwarded.
To activate Call Forwarding:
1. From home, tap Phone
to display the phone screen.
The phone app opens. If necessary, tap Keypad to display the keypad.
Phone App 64
-
""""
~1
00-.
ll
HSPM
(
CALL
SffilNGS
PttONESETTJNGS
Swipe to
call
or
send
messages
'
C:
Hide
contacts
without
numbers
C:
CALLSUTING$
Bl
ock
numbers
Qu
ick
decl
ine
messages
Answering and ending
calls
Show caller informa
tion
f,·
t'Kf'I
......
C:
Call
alerts
Ri
ngtones
an
d keypad
tones
More
settings
VOICEMAIL
•
•
•
•
2. Tap * 7 2.
3. Enter the area code and phone number to which you want your calls forwarded.
4. Tap Dial
.
You will hear a tone to confirm the activation of Call Forwarding. All calls to your wireless
number will be forwarded to the designated phone number.
To deactivate Call Forwarding:
1. From home, tap Phone
.
The phon
e app opens. If necessary, tap Keypad to display the keypad.
2. Tap * 7 2 0.
3. Tap Dial
.
You will hear a tone to confirm the deactivation.
Call Settings
The Call settings menu lets you configure your voicemail options and a number of other settings for the
phone application.
Access Call Settings
■ From home, tap Phone > More options > Settings.
The Call settings menu displays.
Phone App 65
Call Settings Options
Use the Call settings menu to adjust the following settings:
Setting
Description
Swipe to call or send
messages
Place a call to a displayed contact by swiping right. Send a message to
a displayed contact by swiping left.
Hide contacts without
numbers
Show contacts with phone numbers and hide other contacts.
Block numbers
Manage a list of automatically blocked phone numbers, and create or
edit messages to block incoming calls.
Quick decline messages
Compose or edit response messages to send when declining incoming
calls.
Answering and ending calls
Answer calls by pressing the Home key or using voice commands. End
calls by pressing the Power key or using voice commands.
Show caller information
Show the communication history and related information for each caller.
Call alerts
Vibrate or play tones when calls are answered or ended. Alarms and
notifications can be turned off during calls.
Ringtones and keypad tones
Select or create your default ringtone, set the phone to vibrate when
ringing, and play a tone when the dialing keypad is tapped.
More settings
●
TTY mode: Enable service on your phone.
●
Hearing aids: Improve the sound quality of your phone when
using hearing aids.
●
US dialing: Replace + with the international dialing code,
except when entering +1.
●
International dialing: Enter the international dialing code
automatically (only when US dialing is disabled).
●
DTMF tones: Set the length of DTMF tones, which are used
when pressing the keypad while on a call.
Voicemail settings
Configure your voicemail.
Phone App 66
D
-
':.
100\1 1U5PM
""
"'
More options
ill
ICE
-
emergency
contacts
Search
MYHIOfllE
John Smith
(555)$$$-1234
•
fAVORJT(S
Image
car1os
John
M
Maria
Contact
fRIQU(HTlYCONTACTtD
John
Smith
n,omas
Bill
••
Add new contact
Contacts
The Contacts application lets you store and manage contacts from a variety of sources, including
contacts you enter and save directly in your phone as well as contacts synchronized with your Google
Account, your PC, compatible email programs (including Exchange Server), and your Facebook friends.
Contacts Cautions
Information saved in Contacts may be lost or changed if the battery is left uncharged. Accident or
malfunction may also cause loss or change to information. It is recommended that you keep a
separate copy of contacts and other important information. The company is not responsible for any
damages from lost or changed contacts.
Contacts Screen Layout
The following illustration show’s your Contacts app layout and describes the various features.
Item
Description
More options
Access additional options.
Search
Search contacts.
Image
Displays the contact’s image.
Contact
Tap to show the contact’s details.
Add new contact
Add a new contact.
Contacts 67
0
1·
···
,..
...
A 100t.l 1
HSPM
"'
ill
ICE
-
eme
r
gency
contacts
MY
PROFILE
John
Smith
*
fAvo.lTD
Carlos
John
M
Ma
r
ia
fll[QU[NTlY
CONTACTED
John
Smith
Bill
Carlos
••
•
,.....
.ollll
100t.l 12.45PM
:~
SAVE
Phone T
(@)
~
.am@-
+
+
+
Groups
Ne;.;
as
signed
SCAN
BUSINESS
CARD
L
Add a Contact
You can add contacts from the Contacts application. Enter details such as name, phone numbers, email
addresses, mailing addresses, and more.
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You will see the Contacts list.
2. Tap Add to add a contact.
The Save contact to screen appears.
Contacts 68
...
~,
~ 100,.l
lHSPM
:~
SAVE
Phone •
(~)
+
+
Anna And
An
ne
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
q
w
e y u 0
p
.
a s d f
g
h k
'u'
z X C V b n m
0
!#
0
"'
Eng11sh(US)
Ne
~t
~
3. If you have multiple account types associated with your phone, select a contact type.
Select Device as the sync account if you want your contacts on your phone only; they will not
be synced with your Google Account.
Select Google if you want to save contacts to your Google Account; these will be synced
automatically with your Google Account online. If you have multiple Google Accounts set up,
you will need to pick a specific account.
Select Samsung account to sync your contacts automatically with your Samsung account.
Select Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync to sync your contacts automatically with your
Microsoft Exchange account.
Note: If you do not see the Save contact to screen and you have multiple accounts set up, you can select
an account by tapping the account type in the upper left corner.
4. Use the keyboard to enter as much information as you want.
Picture : Assign a picture to the contact.
Name: Enter the contact’s name.
Organization: Enter organization information for the contact.
Phone: Enter a phone number for the contact.
Email: Enter an email address.
Groups: If desired, assign the contact to one or more contact groups.
View more: Show additional fields such as IM address, Notes, Nickname, Website, etc.
Scan business card: Take a picture of a business card to add the information for the
contact.
Contacts
69
+
"
+
A 100t.l 1
HSP
M
"'
RECfNT$
CON1'ACTS
2 3
ABC
y,
4 5 6
°"'
MNO
7 8
g
""s
N
wxvz
*
0
#
+
§I
Note: To select a type (label) for a phone number, email address, or address (such as Mobile, Home,
Work, and more), tap the type to the right of the field and select the appropriate type.
Note: To add more phone numbers, email addresses, etc., tap
on th
e right side of the entry field.
5. When you have finished adding information, tap Save.
The contact is added.
Save a Phone Number
You can save a phone number to Contacts directly from the phone keypad.
1. From home, tap Phone to display the phone screen.
2. Ente
r a phone number and tap Add to Contacts.
3. To add a new contact, tap Create contact. To add the number to an existing contact, tap Update
existing.
For a new contact, enter the name and any additional information.
For an existing contact, tap the contact name and select a number type for the new number.
4. Tap Save.
The contact is added.
Contacts 70
0
G)
0
G)
r···
Sp,onl
.111
100'\l 1245PM
(
EDIT
SHAJIE
:
AM
•)
(555
) SSS-7777
\,
,.i
Ill
To
view
recent
even
ts and a li
st
of
re<:Qrded
calls
between you
and
your contacts,
the
Contacts opp
must
be
atlowed to
acc
e
ss
you
r
ca
lendars
and
reco,ded
cal
ls
ALLOW
View Contacts
View a contact’s details by displaying a contact entry.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Contacts .
You wi
ll see the Contacts list.
2. Tap a contact, and then tap Details .
The contact’s detailed listing appears.
Edit a Contact
Once you have added a contact, you can add or edit any of the information in the entry, assign a caller ID
picture, customize with a unique ringtone, and more.
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You wi
ll see the Contacts list.
2. Tap a contact, and then tap Details
.
The contact’s detailed listing appears.
3. Tap Edit.
4. Tap any field you want to change or add. See Add a Contact.
5. A
dd or edit the information, and then tap Save.
Your changes are saved to the contact entry.
Contacts 71
0
CD
0
CD
I
•••
Sprinl
"'
100\
1 1245PM
(
(OtT
SHARE
John
Smith
Profile sharing
Off
"'
(555) 555-1234
y,
Enter your medical
info
r
mation
in
case
there is
an
eme
r
gency
. This
Info
rmat
ion
can
be
accessed
while
your
device
is
loc
ked.
•
•
•
[
...
...
Delete a Contact
You can delete a contact from the contacts details page.
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You wi
ll see the Contacts list.
2. Tap a contact, and then tap Details
.
The contact’s detailed listing appears.
3. Tap More options > Delete
.
4. Tap Delete.
The contact is deleted.
Tip: You can also touch and hold the contact from the Contacts list and tap Delete > Delete.
Share a Contact
You can quickly share contacts using Bluetooth, email, Gmail, or text messaging.
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You will see the Contacts list.
2. Tap a contact, and then tap Details
.
3. Tap Share.
Contacts 72
COIT
SHAJt[
Aoo
(555) sss-nn
•
To
view recent
evfflts
and a list
of
recorded calls
~Y2M££9ntacts
.
the
Con1a
MfU19fS
~
,
...
'"""""""
oplkr
•
<>-dlar99Me
•
1n-o,
_.,.,,..
M
I)
II
....
--
llutiooth
•
8)
L..
-
......
....
~-
4. Tap vCard file (VCF) to share the contact as a vCard file, or tap Text to share the contact
information in a text file.
You will see a list of sharing methods.
5. Select a sharing method:
The following sharing methods are available:
Android Beam: Send the information using NFC and Android Beam.
Bluetooth: Send the information via Bluetooth. See Bluetooth for information on pairing and
sending via Bluetooth.
Copy to clipboard: Save the information to the clipboard.
Email: Send the information as an email attachment. See Compose and Send Email
.
Gmail: S
end the information as a Gmail attachment. See Create and Send a Gmail Message
.
Hangou
ts: Send the information using Hangouts.
Memo: Save the information in Memo.
Messages: Send the information in a text message. See Send a Multimedia Message
(MMS).
OneDrive: Save the information to your OneDrive account.
OneNote: Save the information to your OneNote account.
Pages Manager: Share the information using Pages Manager.
S
ave to drive: Save the information to your Google Drive
™
account.
Wi-Fi Direct to send the information to another device via Wi-Fi Direct. See Wi-Fi Direct.
Contacts 73
0
r
···
A 100t.l 1
HSP
M
"'
fil ICE -
eme
rgency
contacts
MY
PROFILE
John
Carlos
John
M Maria
fll[QU[NTlY
CONTACTED
John
Smith
Bill
Carlos
••
,,.
...
A 100t.l 1
HSP
M
(
PROFILE
SHARING
Off
Share
your
profile
with
you
r friends and
family
to
keep
them
up
to
date. Yoo al
so
get
to
choose
what
i
nformation
you
share and
who
you share rt
with
Sharew1t~
..
-
Shared mformat1on
Name.status.andprofllep;,:'u•
Back
up
profile
::,Ck..p-,ldr
::ireyQUJprof-iledaauSftQ)'OU"";a,ns,,,ng
Registered
information
Spnnt
""
HI
0\
1
l2
-45
PM
(
EDIT
SHARE
John
Pr
ofile
sharing
Off
M
(555) 555-1234
'I.,
C.l
'
En
ter your medical
information
in
case there is
an
emer
gency.
This information can
be
accessed
wh
i
le
your
device
is
locked
.
6. Complete the required steps as prompted for the selected method.
The selected contact will be shared.
Profile Sharing
Share your profile information with your contacts. You can select which contacts you want to share it with,
as well as select additional information you want to share.
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You
will see the Contacts list.
2. Tap your profile under My profile.
Your profile displays.
3. Tap Profile sharing, and then tap On/Off to enable the feature.
Contacts 74
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
(~)
4. Set Profiling sharing options:
Share with: Share your profile with the public, all contacts, your favorite contacts, or selected
contacts.
Shared information: In addition to your name, status, and profile picture, you can share your
email, organization, address, and date of birth.
Back up profile: Back up and restore your profile using your Samsung account.
Registered information: View and set the registered information for your phone number.
Note: The first time you turn on Profile sharing, you may be prompted to agree to the Enhanced features
Terms and Conditions and Privacy Policy. Review the terms and tap Start to continue.
Import Contacts
Import (load) contacts that have been backed up to device storage.
Import Contacts from Device Storage
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You
will see the Contacts list.
2. Tap More options > Settings > Imp
ort/Export contacts.
You
will see the Import/Export contacts menu.
3. Tap Import and follow the prompts to complete the import.
The contacts are imported and stored in the selected account.
Back Up Contacts
If you are saving contacts to an account that does not automatically back them up to the Cloud, you can
manually back them up to your phone’s memory for re-import if needed.
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You
will see the Contacts list.
2. Tap More options
> Settings > Imp
ort/Export contacts.
You
will see the Import/Export contacts menu.
3. Tap Export and follow the prompts to complete the export.
The contacts are exported from Contacts on your device to your device storage as vCards.
Contacts 75
Q
6
•
Messaging and Internet
With wireless service and your phone’s messaging and data capabilities, you have the opportunity to
share information through many different channels and accounts, including Gmail (Google), personal and
corporate email, text and multimedia messaging, social networking accounts, and Hangouts.
Text and Multimedia Messaging
With Text Messaging (SMS), you can send and receive instant text messages between your wireless
phone and another messaging-ready phone.
Multimedia messages, or MMS, can contain text and pictures, recorded voice, audio or video files, picture
slideshows, contact cards (vCard), or appointments (vCalendar).
See your service plan for applicable charges for messaging.
Send a Text Message
Quickly compose and send text messages on your phone.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Messages .
2. On the Messaging screen, tap Compose .
The
New message screen opens.
3. Fill in one or more recipients. You can:
Enter phone numbers directly in the Recipient field. If you are sending the message to
several phone numbers, separate the phone numbers with a comma. As you enter
information, any matching phone numbers from your Contacts list are displayed. Tap a match
to enter that number or address directly.
Tap Recipients
, and then select the contacts to whom you want to send the message.
You c
an also select contact groups as recipients. When you have selected all the message
recipients, tap Compose.
Messaging and Internet 76
Q
'"""
A 100t. l 124SPM
NEW
MESSAGE
"""
f)
G
Be
th
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
q
w
e y u 0
p
.
a s d f
g
h k
'Ir
z X C V b n m
0
I@#
"'
Enghsh(US)
Ne
it
•
f
•••
A 100t.l
1HSP
M
"'
COMVOSATIONS
CONTACTS
No
messages
•
4. Tap the Enter message field and then start composing your message.
Note: You can add a subject line by tapping More options > Add subject.
5. When done, tap Send to send the text message.
Send a Multimedia Message (MMS)
When you need to add a little more to a text message, you can send a multimedia message (MMS) with
pictures, voice recordings, audio or video files, contact cards (vCard), or appointments (vCalendar).
1. From home, tap Apps > Messages .
2. On the Messaging screen, tap Compose .
The Compose screen opens.
Messaging and Internet
77
f)
~ 1
00"4
1 1
H5PM
NEW
MESSAGE
3. Fill in one or more recipients. You can:
Enter phone numbers directly in the Enter recipients field. If you are sending the message to
several phone numbers, separate the phone numbers with a comma. As you enter
information, any matching phone numbers from your Contacts list are displayed. Tap a match
to enter that number or address directly.
Tap Recipients
, a
nd then select the contacts to whom you want to send the message.
You can also select contact groups as recipients. When you have selected all the message
recipients, tap Done.
4. Tap
the Enter message field, and then start composing your message.
Note: You can add a subject line by tapping More options
> Add subject.
5. Tap A
ttach and select from the following file attachments:
Camera: Take a new picture.
Gallery: Attach a picture from the Gallery app.
Other: Select from the following sources:
• Image: Attach a stored picture. See Gallery
.
• V
ideo: Attach a stored video. See Gallery
.
• A
udio: Attach a stored music file or voice recording.
• Voice record: Make a voice recording and attach it. See Voice Recorder
.
• M
emo: Attach a Memo. See Memo
.
• Cale
ndar: Select the calendar event you want to attach. See Calendar
.
Mes
saging and Internet 78
•
f)
f)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
-
-
-
•
• Location: Add your current location (requires GPS to be turned on) or a location you pick
on a map to your message. See Google Maps
.
• Contact
s: Select a contact from your phone, and then select which contact information
you want to attach. See Contacts
.
• Cloud ser
ver: Attach a file from cloud storage.
6. To make changes to or remove your attachment, touch and hold the item.
7. Tap Send
to send the
MMS message.
Create a Slideshow
In a multimedia message, you can add slides, each containing a picture, video, or audio.
1. In the multimedia message you are composing, More options > Create slideshow to add
space for a new
slide.
2. Tap the spac
e for the slide.
3. To compose your slideshow, do any of the following:
Add a picture: Tap Attach
> O
ther > Image and select a picture.
Add a video: Tap Attach > Other > Video and select a video. (You cannot add both a
picture and a video on the same slide.)
Add music or a voice recording: Tap Attach > Other > Audio and select a file.
Add a new slide: Tap More options > Add slide.
Preview you
r slideshow: Tap More options > Preview.
For more options, tap More options and select an option.
4. When you have finished composing the multimedia message, tap Send .
Tip: To compose a slide show, you can also simply attach multiple items separately to the MMS
message. Tap Attach and select a file type, location, and file and then repeat it for additional slides.
Your phone wi
ll automatically compile a slide show.
Messaging an
d Internet 79
COHYOISATIONS
"
No
messages
ENHANCED
MESSAGING
ON
l
...
...
A
100t.l
1HSPM
-!,
;J
NT
AL";S
•
•
•
•
:.. 100t.l
1HSPM
«
Chat with
other
Enhanced
messaging
users via
fr
ee
one-to-one and
gro
up
chat
messages.
Send I
mages
and
video
s
in
their
orig
i
na
l resolutions, a
nd
check
the
deli
very
and
read statuses
of
your seot messages.
Seoding
and
receiving
messages
via
mobile
netwo
rk
s
may
result
in
additlonal
charges
depending
on your
payment
plan_
If
poss
ible, send
them
via a Wi-Fi
n
etwonc
instead.
Image resize
Send as
SMS/MMS
messages
E•
!!:IOI'
..
"
Registered information
Use Enhanced Messaging
Enhanced messaging allows you to exchange multimedia chat messages with pictures, voice recordings,
audio or video files, contact cards (vCard), appointments (vCalendar), as well as large files (up to 1 GB)
to other phones which support Enhanced messages.
Enable Enhanced Messaging
1. From home, tap Apps > Messages .
2. Tap More options > Settings > Enhanced messaging. Enhanced feature screen displays
where you agree to the Term and Conditions initially.
3. Tap On/Off to enable Enhance messaging.
Messaging and Internet 80
r···
A 100t.l
1HSP
M
"'
COMVOSATIONS
CONTACTS
No
messages
•
•
4. Set options:
Image resize: Set the standard size of images sent with Enhanced messages.
Send as SMS/MMS messages: Send your Enhanced messaging messages as text or
multimedia messages when Enhanced messaging is unavailable.
Registered information: View and set the registered information for your phone number.
Note: The first time you turn on Enhanced messaging, you may be prompted to agree to the Enhanced
features Terms and Conditions and Privacy Policy. Review the terms and tap Agree to continue.
Send an Enhanced Message
1. From home, tap Apps > Messages .
2. On the Messaging screen, tap Compose .
The Compose screen opens.
3. Fill in one or more recipients. You can:
Enter phone numbers directly in the Enter recipient field. If you are sending the message to
several phone numbers, separate the phone numbers with a comma. As you enter
information, any matching phone numbers from your Contacts list are displayed. Tap a match
to enter that number or address directly.
Tap Recipients
, and then select the contacts to whom you want to send the message.
You
can also select contact groups as recipients. When you have selected all the message
recipients, tap Compose.
Messaging and Internet
81
'"""
~ 1
00"4
1
lHSPM
NEW
MESSAGE
Beth
£)
Hello Bethj
G
GID
John N
ew
contact
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
+
X
@
# $ %
&
1/2
0
A
BC
Q
Enghsh(US)
¢,!J
f)
•
4. Tap the Enter message field, and then start composing your message.
5. Tap Attach and select from the following file attachments:
Camera: Take a new picture.
Gallery: Attach a picture from the Gallery app.
Other: Select from the following sources:
• Image: Attach a stored picture. See
Gallery.
• Video: Attach a stored video. See Gallery.
•
Audio: Attach a stored music file or voice recording.
• Voice record: Make a voice recording and attach it. See
Voice Recorder.
•
Memo: Attach a Memo. See
Memo.
•
Calendar: Select the calendar event you want to attach. See
Calendar.
•
Location: Add your current location (requires GPS to be turned on) or a location you pick
on a map to your message. See
Google Maps.
•
Contacts: Select a contact from your phone, and then select which contact information
you want to attach. See Contacts.
•
Cloud server: Attach a file from cloud storage.
6. To make changes to or remove your attachment, touch and hold the item.
7. When done, tap S
end
to send the enhanced message.
Mes
saging and Internet
82
0
•
l
lli
1
Save and Resume a Draft Message
While composing a text or multimedia message, tap Back to automatically save your message as a
draft. Your message will display “Draft” on the main Messaging screen.
To resu
me composing the message:
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Messages .
2. Tap
the message marked "Draft" to resume editing it.
3. When you finish editing the message, tap Send .
New Messages Notification
Depending on your notification settings, the phone will play a ringtone, vibrate, or display the message
briefly in the status bar when you receive a new text or multimedia message.
A new message icon
also appears in the notifications area of the status bar to notify you of a new text
or multi
media message. The Messages application icon also displays the number of new messages .
■ To o
pen the message, pull down the status bar to open the notification panel. Tap the new
message to open and read it.
– or –
From home, tap Apps
> Messages , an
d then tap the conversation.
For information on reading and replying to messages see Manage Message Conversations.
Manage Message Conversations
Text and multimedia messages that are sent to and received from a contact (or a number) are grouped
into conversations or message threads in the Messaging screen. Text or MMS conversations let you see
exchanged messages (similar to a chat program) with a contact on the screen.
Read a Text Message
■ Do one of the following:
On the Messaging screen, tap the text message or conversation to open and read it.
If you have a new message notification, Pull down the status bar to open the notification
panel. Tap the new message to open and read it.
To return to the Messaging screen from a conversation, tap Back
.
Note: If
a message contains a link to a Web page, tap the message and then tap the link to open it in the
Web browser.
Messaging and Internet 83
[
"·
A 100t. l 1
HSP
M
"'
CC
NT
ACTS
"
No mes.sages
Note: If a message contains a phone number, tap the message and then tap the phone number to dial
the number or add it to your contacts.
View a Multimedia Message (MMS)
1. From home, tap Apps > Messages .
2. On the Messaging screen, tap a multimedia message or conversation to open it.
3. Tap the attachment to open it.
If the attachment is a vCard contact, it is imported to your phone’s Contacts list. For more
information, see Contacts
.
If th
e attachment is a vCalendar file, you can choose the calendar where you want to save
the event. For information on using Calendar, see Calendar
.
For othe
r media (like photos or videos), you can choose where to save the attachment and
which app to use to open it.
4. To save the attachment to device memory, touch and hold the attachment, and then tap Save
attachment.
Note: When Auto retrieve in MMS settings is disabled, only the message header is downloaded. To
download the entire message, tap the Download button in the message.
Note: If you are concerned about the size of your data downloads, check the multimedia message size
before you download it.
Messaging and Internet 84
f)
Q
C0HVEISATION5
"
No
messages
•
I
·•••
...
...
A 100t.l 1
HSP
M
~ NT
ACTS
•
r
•••
...
...
Reply to a Message
1. From home, tap Apps > Messages .
2. On the Messaging screen, tap a conversation to open it.
3. Tap the Enter message box at the bottom of the screen, enter your reply message, and then tap
Send .
Note: T
o reply to a text message with a multimedia message, open the text message and tap Attach .
The te
xt message is automatically converted into a multimedia message.
Delete Conversations
1. From home, tap Apps > Messages .
2. On t
he Messaging screen, touch and hold a conversation to delete.
3. Select any additional conversations you want to delete, and then tap Delete > Delete.
Delete Message
1. While viewing a conversation, touch and hold a message.
2. Tap Delete > Delete.
Messaging and Internet 85
D
f
•••
Spr
i
nt
""
100\
ll
HSPM
=
Primary
0..
•
-·
,.
•
•
•
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
.,.,,
Notifieation
of
S.msung accoun1 login
,c,
""'
""'"
::o.
~10111n1
Social
&ml
F
~
,,
,.,
Promotions
-
Samsung
,.,,,20
John,
d""•
In
and
explore
y
ou,
Galaxy
CMYI«
Y
·v,
Jtthet
st
,w
'"'PW
,tc
'{:/
Samsung accou
nt
NotlfieaUon
of
S.m,wng
IOCO\Hlt l
09in
Ne
''"'"
' ~t
I(
""0,,
'
Samsung a
ccount
Notifle.tion
of
S.msung
1oc
0t,mt login
Ne
, ,tk:"1"11
~
Samsung
.loM,
k
ff
p
thl
1 info f
or
you
r r
ecor
d,
1,
.....
...
..
•
Samsung
,..
.,
2-4
John,
dr¥1 in and e.plore your Gal
axy
diev
.
I
~
I.al
"f
View Contact Information from a Message
When you receive a message from someone in your stored contacts, you can tap the contact’s picture or
icon in the conversation to open a menu of options. Depending on the stored contact information, you can
view the contact details, place a phone call or send an email message to the contact, and more.
Gmail
Use Google’s Gmail service and your Google Account to send, receive, and manage your Gmail
messages. Before using Gmail, you must register a Google (Gmail) Account on your phone. See Google
Account for details.
Gmail Cautions
Gmail is handled as email from a PC. Restricting email from PCs on your phone prevents your phone
from receiving Gmail.
Create and Send a Gmail Message
Use your phone to create and send Gmail messages.
1. From home, tap Apps > Google > Gmail .
The Gmail inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 86
0
Spr
,
ni
41
100\ I 1
2~5PM
<-
Compose
~
> :
Fr
om
myaccount
@g
mail.
com
To
Subject
Compose
email
John
New
Contact
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
0
Q
w E R T
y
u 0
p
.
A s D F G H J K L
z X C V B N M
0
l#Q
"'
Engh
sh(US
)
Neit
Spr
i
nt
""
100\ l l
HSPM
<-
Compose
~
> :
From myaccount@gmail.
com
He
ll
o Beth
There is a meeting
tomorro
w. I
John Hello New
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Q w
E
R T
y
u 0
p
.
A
s D
F
G
H
J
K
L
z X
C
V B N M
0
!#Q
"'
Eng1
1
sh
(US)
¢,!J
2. In the inbox, tap Compose .
The Gmail composition window opens.
3. Enter the message recipient(s), subject, and message, and then tap Send .
The Gmail message is sent.
Gmail Composition Options
● Adding Cc/Bcc: In the To field, tap Expand to display Cc and Bcc fields.
● At
taching Pictures or Videos: In the mail composition window, tap Attach . Locate and tap
the pi
cture or video you want to attach.
● Save as a draft (Send Later): While composing your message, tap More options > Save
dr
aft. The message is saved as a draft for later.
● Delet
e Mail Being Composed: In the mail composition window, tap More options > Discard.
Messaging and Internet 87
W!d,~19
" --
Rich
=
--
I
nf
o
Batt.-ylullyeha,g,e,:I_
t
""'*""'Sir''"""
(<>)
Tran
sf
erring
media
fi
les
via USS
T,1pf0t01MfUS8()ptlOM,
I)
•
Note: To view your draft email messages, in the inbox, tap Menu > Drafts.
Note:
To view your sent messages, in the inbox, tap Menu > Sent.
Check Received Gmail Messages
Your phone allows you to access, read, and reply to all your Gmail messages.
Open New Gmail Messages from Notifications
When new Gmail arrives, you see New Gmail in the status bar.
1. Pull
down the status bar to display the notification panel.
2. Tap the new message from the notification panel.
The new Gmail message opens.
If you have two or more new Gmail messages, tapping the notification opens the Gmail inbox.
Messaging and Internet 88
I
•••
...
Spri
nt
~
100\
l 12-45PM
=
Primary
0..
•
Samsung
accou
nt
Notlfie.
U
on
of
S.mwng
.-;,count login
Ni.
'"'"
'
~ti(
[),'
"'"
Soc
ial
II, Promotions
•
Samsung
Jonn,
dfw•
In
.tet
upk>f"• you,
Glluy
M
vtc.
Y ·~,
Jtt~I
t
JW
~W
11\1 -
<:r
.....
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
.....
Notifiealion
of
S.msur,g
account
login
i:,
"'
:0,
~!
~
I
•
Sam
s
ung
acco
unt
"'"
Notifi
ct
t
iOn
of
S.m$Un91 •
CCOUnt
login
i:,
No<
'"'
"
"
•
Samsung
John,
k
ee
p t
hi
s info f
or
your
r
ecord
s
i:,
•
Samsung
lil
• 2'1
..IChn,dr'l• ln
and•xpk)r
• yourGalaxy~
' -
Spri
nt
~
100\
l 12-45PM
~
a I lllil ,
Tips
fo
r your Samsung phone
1rw,1
<:r
•
Samsung
,,13n
o16
v~Mta,1
s
Jbe
[W
1
fizr:
rm
ll
l
MIDP
19\
K
5MDMIJ9
...,..
SIIMSUNG
Tips, tricks, and
downloads
Get
the
m
ost
from
yo
ur
Samsung phone.
We
wan
t
you
to
l
ove
YOU(
Sam
s.
u
ng
phone
Check
out
the re
soor~s
M l
ow
10
d1sco~e-r
a
ll
Its
fearnres, find
tips
and
l
earn
more about
your
product
G• t u,.
Open Gmail Messages from the Inbox
You can also read and reply to all your Gmail messages from the Gmail inbox.
1. From home, tap App
s > Google > Gmail .
The Gmail inbox opens.
2. Tap the message thread you want to view.
The message thread opens, with the newest message displayed.
Messaging and Internet 89
IM
'--
r·
··
Spr
i
nt
""
100\
ll
HSPM
=
Primary
0..
•
-·
,.
•
•
•
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
.,.,,
Not;fieationof
S.
msungaccoun1 logifl
i:,
No,
.,
.
.,.,
::o.it0(11nl
Social
mm
'
•
"
"'
Promotions
-
Samsung
,.,,,20
Jot.n,
dh•
In
and
1xpklr1
you,
Ga
laxy
CMvtc.
Y
'vE
itthet
St
)W
\"'f'W
•IC
-<:r
Samsung a
ccount
,..,,
20
Notifi
ca
tion
of
S.m
wng
I QCO\fflt login
N<:;
111<.'n'
,tk:
~D
•
1
-f:r
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
Apr
11
Notifleation
of
S.msung
10C01.1nt
login
r-...,
, ·,tk: "11 " '(:r
Samsung
Jolv'I, k
ff
p
th
l1
inf
o f
or
your r
eoo
rd
1
''
i:,
•
Samsung
1,,1.,2-4
John
,
drl
• in and •
•pl,or
•
your
Ga
laxy
d<ev
.
I
1(,11
i.llf'
•
•
•
•
•
•
Options when Reviewing Gmail Messages
● Replying to Gmail Messages: With the Gmail message open, tap Reply , compose your
reply message, and tap Send .
To reply t
o all, tap More options > Reply all.
● Forw
arding Gmail Messages: With the Gmail message open, tap More options > Forward,
enter a r
ecipient and an additional message, and tap Send .
Use Gmail Labels
Gmail saves all mail in one box, but you can add labels that allow you to sort your Gmail conversation
threads. For example, when a new thread starts with a received mail, the label “Inbox” is automatically
added to the thread. By then adding the label “travel,” all threads with “travel” are shown in a list.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Google > Gmail .
The inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 90
IM
'---
Move
to
-·
Social
• Promoti
ons
Deleted Items
Ju
nk
Sent Items
Sp
ambox
Unwan
ted
CA
N
CEL
OK
I
•••
.
..
Spri
nt
"" 100'l l 1
245PM
=
Primary
0..
•
~
-.
,.
•
•
•
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
.,.,,
Not;fieationof
S.
msungaccoun1
logifl
i:,
No,
""
~
""
I
Social
mm
'
•
Promotions
-
Samsung
,.,,,20
Jot.n,
dh•
In
and
•xpklr•
you, Galexy
devtc.
Y
'vE
itthet
t
)W
f',pW
•IC
'ti
Samsung
a
ccou
nt
Not;fi
ea
tlon
of
S.m
wng
a
QCOUflt
login
N<:;
111<.'n
'
,tk:
. D
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
Notification
of
S.msung
a0C01.1nt
login
Ni.,
tk: I
Samsung
Jolv'I, k
ff
p
thl
• info f
or
your
r
eco
rd
,
.....
...
..
''
i:,
•
Samsung
1,,1
.,
24
Jolv'I,
drl
e
in
and •
•pl,or
• your
Ga
luydev
.
; . .
2. Touch and hold a conversation thread (or touch the thread's icon/picture) to add a checkmark to
it, and then tap More options > Move to.
3. Tap a label for the thread.
The thread is added to the selected label.
Tip: To add or manage your Gmail labels, open your Gmail account from your computer, click More at the
bottom of the label list on the left, and then click Manage labels or Create new labels. Any changes you
make from your computer will be reflected on your phone.
Archive Gmail Threads
Remove sent and received Gmail threads so they do not appear in the inbox. When replies arrive for
archived threads, they appear in the inbox again.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps
> Google > Gmail .
The inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 91
~
, a i
illi
,
J
ane
tt111
Mi~~
H,
!'ledulOO
1tf1
samsungpay
eo
11
Welcome
to
Samsung
Pay!
;AM'
,NGpayWE
:OfTH'
,rrn
,J
1yl:M
0
Spr
i
nt
""
100\
ll
HSPM
=
Primary
0..
•
Samsung
a
ccount
.....
Not;fieation
of
S.msung account login
,c,
No,
"~
n~t~1r1I
Social
mm
-·
F
~
"
t
,.
Promotions
-
•
Samsung
,.,,,20
John,
dh•
In
and
1xpklr1
you,
Galaxy
CMYlce
y
'vE
ltthet
~t. )W
\"'l'W
,t
ee
'ti
•
Samsung accou
nt
.....
NotifleaUon
of
S.mwng
1ocoi,
mt
login
,c,
Ne
!l1<'0.
,tk:
'OD
1•
1
•
Samsung a
ccount
...
..
Notifleation
of
S.msung
10C01.1
nt
login
,c,
Ne
·,tk:.i
l
•
Samsung
..,.
John,
k
ff
p
th
l1 Info f
or
your
r
eoo
rd
1
,c,
•
Samsung
,..
.,
2-4
John,
dA'
• in and
upl,or1
your Galaxy
doe
~
'T1
1(,11
....
·~
w
2. Touch and hold a conversation thread (or touch the thread's icon/picture) to add a checkmark to
it, and then tap Archive .
The thread is now archived.
Mute Gmail Threads
If registered on a mailing list, there will be threads with always-continuing conversations. For long threads
that are not important, mute the threads and they will no longer appear in the inbox. When mail arrives
that includes user's address as a recipient or in Cc, mail will again appear in the inbox.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Google > Gmail .
The inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 92
Move
to
John
,
yo
ur
gift
for
regi Chtmge l.ibe
ls
Samsung
product
'"°°'
Mark
imponant
•
S
am
su
ng
.
...
.,.
F~
7
Viewdt1ai
,
Mut
e
P
rint
Rev
et
t
aut
o-
s
lz
l
ng
Report
s
pam
Thanks
for
joining
the
Gala
x
y.
Voll<
pOltt-t,.1
rl llmitl
HS
w1
tt,
~son
• liN'd
S.~1'19
ser111Us~spt<
..
toffe
~•
tyou1flnger119s
I
•••
...
Sprint ~
100\
l 12-45PM
=
Primary
0..
•
Samsung
accou
nt
Notlfle.Uon
of
5-mwng
account login
Ne
'"'"
' ~t
I(
0,, •
"'"
Social
II,
Promotion
s
mm
-
•
Samsung
Jonn.
dfq
In
.tet
u~you,
Gal1xyM...tc.
Y
·~,
Jtt~I
t
JW
~W
11\1
-
fr
.....
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
.....
Notifie.tion
of
S.msung account login
,c,
Ne
~
'
"'
I .
•
Samsung
accou
nt
.....
Notifi
e.
tion
of
S.msung account login
,c,
Nm
~
"
•
Samsung
John,
keep t
hi
, info f
or
your
r
ecord,
'
,c,
•
Sam
s
ung
M
a,
2<1
Jenn,
dho
• in and
•xpk)r
• your
G.lluy
~
f
.a·
2. Touch and hold a conversation thread (or touch the thread's icon/picture) to add a checkmark to
it, and then tap More options > Mute.
The thread is now hidden.
Delete Gmail Threads
If you no longer want to keep a Gmail conversation thread (or touch the thread's icon/picture), you can
simply delete it from the inbox.
1. From home, tap Apps > Google > Gmail .
The inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 93
El
•
-
Samsung accou
nt
.
.,""
Tomorrow y~ deU
11
IS
--
---
----
.,,,
......
.,_"'
__
,
.....
. _
..
__
_
·----
*
...
------·--·-----
____
..
__
_
--
---
.._
"""'
(+,
Reply•H
•
Forwerd
Spr
i
nt
""
100\
ll
HSPM
=
Primary
0..
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
Notifieation
of
S.msung
accoun1
login
Not
""'"
::o.
~10111n1
Social
-•
F >b,
•
Promotions
.,.,,
•
Sams
ung
,.,,,20
John,
d""•
In
and
explore
you, Galaxy
CMYI«
Y
·v,
Jtthet
st
,w
'"'PW
,tc
'{:/
•
Samsung a
ccount
.....
NotlfieaUon
of
S.
m
,wng
IOCO\Hl
t l09in
-tr
Ne
''"'"'
~n
""°",
•
Sams
ung
a
ccount
...
..
Notifle.tion
of
S.msung
1oc0t,mt
login
-tr
Nc
,tk:"1"11
.
•
Samsung
...
,.
.loM,
k
ff
p
thl
1 info f
or
your r
ecor
d,
-tr
1,
•
Samsung
,..
.,
2-4
John,
dr¥1 in and e.plore your Galaxy
diev
.
I
~
I.al
"f
2. Touch and hold a conversation thread (or touch the thread's icon/picture) to add a checkmark to
it, and then tap Delete .
The thread is deleted.
Note: Depending on your settings, you may be asked to confirm the deletion. Tap Delete to confirm. See
Gmail Settings.
Search Gmail Messages
If you need to find a specific message or message thread, you can search Gmail from the inbox.
1. From home, tap App
s > Google > Gmail .
The inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 94
f-
~a
r
ch
mail
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
me
4,
Draft
...
OnAI.
21
!Cl
74
PM
.is.in
Samsuf"9
account
No,
,,.
~
TNT
Enghsh
Team
-·
f-
meetind
,
...
_,,..
A 100,, 1 1
H5P
M
-
...
..
•
X
...
..
fr,•m•
tir
ISbeen~
•
2. Tap Search .
3. Enter your search text and tap Search .
The search results appear. Tap a message or thread from the list to display it.
Messaging and Internet 95
I
·
•••
...
Spnni
41
100
'l
l 1
245PM
=
Primary
0..
•
Samsung
accou
nt
Notlfie.Uon
of
S.mwng
.-;,count log
in
Ni.
''"'"
'
~ti(.,.,[),'
"'"
Soc
ial
II, Promotions
•
•
•
•
Samsung ,.,.20
Jonn,
dfw•
In
.tet
upk>f"• you,
Glluy
Mvtc.
Y ·~,
Jtt~I
St.
JW
·~w
11\1 -
<:r
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
Notifiealion
of
S.msur,g
account
login
Ne
:o,
~t
~
""
I
tr
Samsung
account
Notifict
t
iOn
of
S.m$Un91
•CCOUnt
login
Nol
:o,·,tk:
nt'
Samsung
John,
k
ee
p t
hi
s info f
or
your
r
ecords
.....
"'"
.~
•
Samsung
lil
• 2'1
~,dr'l•lnand•xpk)r•
,
yourGal•:
,~
Mov
e
to
N
oti
fi
cat
ion
of
Samsu
Ch
ange
labels
Marklmportant
•
Samsung
account
.
.,-
M"1
e
VestE"rday
View detaill P
rint
Revert auto-s
iz
i
ng
Report
spa
m
---
.......
,.,,.,,
__
_
__
..
__
_
·----
·------~---------
____
..
__
_
_
._
__
,.
__
°"""
_______
..
____
,.
--
-
-
<+-
R~all
•
Forward
Report Spam Gmail
You can report spam Gmail messages from your phone’s Gmail inbox.
1. From home, tap Apps > Google > Gmail .
The inbox opens.
2. Touch and hold a conversation thread (or touch the thread's icon/picture) to add a checkmark to
it, and then tap More options > Report spam.
The selected message is reported as spam.
Messaging and Internet 96
,~
SITTINGS
Apps
'
1
•••
A
100t.
l 1
245PM
Q
Lock
screen
and
security
Cloud and accounts
®
Goog
le
Access
i
bility
V
General
management
-
.:.,
System
updat
es
I
Show1)'fllllT,..s.te
Help
About
device
Activate
this
device
'"""'
:-, 100t.l 1245PM
<
ADD
ACCOUNT
•
Samsung
account
•
....
Email
•
M
Exchange
•
Fire
fox account
•
:;
Google
•
LOAP
•
lffl
Unked
ln
•
Microsoft
Exchange
ActlveSync
0
Office
..
OneDrlve
•
M
Personal (IMAP)
•
M
Personal (POP3)
•
..
Sprint
TV
& Movies
•
Sprint
ACCOUNTS
G
Goog
le
+ Add
account
~
100\
1 1245
PM
Add Another Google (Gmail) Account
If you have multiple Gmail accounts you want to view on your phone, you can add them from the
Settings > Cloud and accounts menu.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Add
account.
2. Tap Google.
Messaging and Internet 97
Go gle
Sign In
to
ge
t
the
most
out
of
your device.
Lea
rn
more
Email
Of
phone
Or
creat
e a new
acco
unt
NtXI
)
I
""
I I 4'
~ ~
,
g
myaccoun
t
@gma
1I
com
-
passwOfd
Forgot pa
sswor
d?
NEX
>
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
q
w
a s
'V'
!@#
®
e
d
•
•
•
.
f
C
y u 0
p
g
h k
V b n m
@
En
ghsh(US)
Go
3. Enter your Gmail username and password, and then tap Next.
4. Follow the prompts to review and agree to the Terms of Service and Privacy Policy, and then tap
Accept.
5. After your phone connects with the Google servers, select the items you would like to sync with
your phone and then tap More options
> Sync now.
You are s
igned in to your Google Account, and you can access both of your Gmail accounts
from the Gmail app.
Tip: You can also add accounts from the Gmail app. From the Gmail inbox, tap Menu > Settings
> Add account.
Messaging and Internet 98
I
•••
...
Sprint
~
100\
l
12-45
PM
=
Primary
0..
•
Samsung accou
nt
Notlfie.
U
on
of
S.mwng
.-;,count login
Ni.
'"'"
'
~ti(
[),'
"'"
Soc
ial
II, Promotions
•
Samsung ,.,.20
Jonn,
dfw•
In
.tet
upk>f"• you,
Glluy
Mvtc.
Y ·~,
Jtt~I
t
JW
~W
11\1 -
<:r
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
.....
Notifiealion
of
S.msur,g
account
login
i:,
"'
:0,
~!
~
I
•
Sam
s
ung
acco
unt
"'"
Notifict
t
iOn
of
S.m$Un91
•CCOU
nt
login
i:,
No<
'"'
"
"
•
Samsung
John,
k
ee
p t
hi
s info f
or
your
r
ecord
s
i:,
•
Samsung
lil
• 2'1
~,dr'l•l
n
and•xpk)r•yourGal•:
~
Switching Between Gmail Accounts
If you have more than one Gmail account set up, you can switch between them in the Gmail app.
1. From home, tap Apps > Google > Gmail .
The Primary inbox opens.
2. Tap Menu .
3. Tap Show accounts and tap the account you want to view from the list.
The s
elected account inbox is displayed.
Messaging and Internet 99
1 • ••
Sprtm: ""
100\
l 1
245PM
=
Primary
0..
•
Sam
s
ung
a
ccount
.,.,,
Not;fieationof
S.msungaccoun1 logifl
i:,
No,
""
~
""
I
-·
Social
mm
'
•
,.
Promotions
-
•
Samsung
.,.,.
Jot.n,
dh•
In
and
1xpklr1
you,
Galaxy
CM
vtc.
y
,,
itthet
'
)W
f',f'W
,,c
i:,
•
Samsung account
.,.,.
Nottfi
ea
tlon
of
S.mwng
I
QCO\fflt
login
i:,
N<
!IK.'n'
""
D
•
Sams
ung
a
ccou
nt
...
..
Notifleation
of
S.msung
10C01.1nt
login
i:,
Ne
"
I
•
Samsung
Jolv'I, k
ff
p
thl
1
info
f
or
your
r
eoo
rd
1
''
i:,
•
Samsung
1,,1., 2-4
John
,
drl
• in
and
•
•pl,or
•
your
Galaxy
d<ev
.
' . .
-·
Social
,.
Pfomotlons
Antabe41
*
....
,
..
•
-
>
""
'
Cl
°""'°'
•
c.a
ft
,
II'!!
Al
mail
0
··-
Sprint
.olll
100'\l 1
245PM
~
Settings l
General s
el
ti
ngs
myaccount@gma
il.com
Add
account
Gmail Settings
You can access settings for the Gmail app and for your individual Gmail accounts from the Gmail Settings
menu.
1. From home, tap Apps > Google > Gmail .
The Primary inbox opens.
2. Tap Menu > Settings .
3. Tap General settings to access settings for all accounts, or tap an account name to configure
settings for a specific Gmail account.
General settings: Gmail default action, Conversation view, Swipe actions, Sender image,
Reply all, Auto-fit messages, Auto advance, Confirm before deleting, Confirm before
archiving, and Confirm before sending.
Messaging and Internet
100
r···
'"
""
~
1£m,l 12.4
5P
M
ADD
NEW
ACCOUNT
[TI
ad e $
0
Show
pa
s
sw
or
d
S N N
com
the
2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9
0
q w e y u 0 p
.
a s d f g h k
'it z X
C
V b n m
0
I@#
•
@ EN(US)
N"
Account settings: Inbox type, Notifications, Inbox sound & vibrate, Signature, Vacation
responder, Sync Gmail, Days of mail to sync, Manage labels, Download attachments, and
Images.
Note: Available settings are subject to change.
Email
Use the Email application to send and receive email from your webmail or other accounts, using POP3 or
IMAP, or access your Exchange ActiveSync account for your corporate email needs.
Set Up an Email Account
Your phone supports several types of email accounts and allows you to have multiple email accounts set
up at one time.
Before setting up an email account, make sure you have the username (user ID), password, server name,
etc., so you can get set up successfully.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps
> Email .
A window for adding an account appears if no email account has been previously set up.
2. Follow the prompts to set up your email account.
The email account is set up and you will begin receiving email.
Messaging and Internet 101
INBOX
myacoount@gma~ oom
1
•••
A 100t.l 1
HSPM
S.QATrt
Andy
from
Goog
le "'1'
21
rich,
welcome
to
your
new
Google
Account
1,tjr,ct\,
l'
m1oglMlyoudKodedlotr)'outGriai1
H4orta
•
:.. 100t.l
1HSPM
EMAI
L SffilNGS
ACCOUNTS
m
yaccoun
t@gma1l.
com
....
+
Add
&eeount
Gamw.
Manage
folder
s
View
as
Auto
fit
conten
t
~.
N
otif
i
cations
Spam
addresses
Sp
li
t vi
ew
mode
rf<Jldffs
«
«
«
®
Add an Email Account
You can add several types of personal email accounts, such as POP3 and IMAP accounts, on your
phone.
Add an Email Account from the Email App
You can add email accounts directly from the email app, even if you have another email account set up.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Email .
The email inbox opens.
2. Tap Mailbox > Settings > Add account.
3. Follow the prompts to complete the account setup.
The email account is added and you will begin receiving email for the account.
Messaging and Internet 102
'"""
SETTINGS
Apps
L
ock
screen and security
Cloud
and
ac
c
ou
nts
@,
Goog
le
0
'"""
Access
i
bility
V
Ge
neral management
System
updates
Help
About
device
Activate
this
de
vice
+
(
ACCOUNTS
+
Add
accou
nt
I
·
•••
...
:-, 1
00"4
I 1245PM
Q
:-, 1
00"4
I 1245PM
-+
Sprint
:;,
ltm.
1 12.45
PM
ADD
ACCO
U
NT
•
Sa
msung
account
•
....
Email
•
M
Exchange
•
~
Facebook
•
•
Firefox
account
•
G
Goog
le
•
LDAP
•
lffl
Unkedln
•
0
Messeng
er
•
Microsoft
Exchange
ActlveSync
0
Office
..
O
ne
Drive
•
M
Per
sonal
(IMAP)
•
Add an Email Account from the Settings Menu
You can also set up email accounts from the Settings > Cloud and accounts menu.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts.
2. Tap Add account > Email.
Messaging and Internet 103
'"""
~ 1
00"4
1 l
HSPM
AD
D
NEW
ACCOUNT
"".
0 Show
passwOl'd
Q
Se
t
as
de
fault account
f0<
sending email
MANUA'
:-W
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
q
w
e y u 0
p
.
a s d f
g
h k
'Ir
z X C V b n m
0
I@#
"'
@
EN(US)
.com
"'"
CJ LI
ADO
-
ACCOUNT
myaccoun
tOgrnail.oom
Show password
s.t
as
default
accoont
fOf
sending email
Se
lect 1ccount type
POP3
account
IMA
P
;1
ccount
Micr
osoft
Exchange
AC1
lveSyoc
3. Enter the Email address and Password for the email account and then tap Sign in.
Tapping Sign in prompts your phone to attempt a “regular” email setup and test the incoming
and outgoing servers.
If you have custom settings you need to configure, tap Manual setup and enter your settings.
These may include mail type, user name, password, server, security type, etc.
4. Select your sync settings and then tap Next.
Messaging and Internet 104
names
You
r
accou
nt has
been
set
up
.
You
can
now
ch
a
nge
your
1tecou
nt
name
and
you
r n
am
e
for
outgoing
email
AcCOU'llname(optional)
DO
NE
The I I I
On
>
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Q W E R T Y U O P
A S D F G H J K L
ZXCVB
NM
CI
Sym 'J; Done
5. Enter an account name and a display name and tap Done to complete setup.
The email account is set up and you will begin receiving email for the account.
Important: If the account type you want to set up is not in the phone database, you will be asked to enter
more details. You should get all pertinent information for the email account, such as incoming and
outgoing server settings, before you proceed.
Messaging and Internet
105
,..
...
<
ACCOUNTS
+
Add
account
EXCHANGE
SERVER
SETTI
NGS
myaccoont@gmail.
com
Oomllin\UHl'Mme
\m
yaccount@gma
il
.c
om
0
Show
password
coming
A 100t.l
1HS
PM
A 100t.l 1H S
PM
co
mputer
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
q w e
y u
0 p
a s d t' g h k
'()'
zxcvbn
m ~
EN(US)
.com
Nex1
..
Sprint
:A
100\
1 1
2'5
PM
A.OD
ACCOUNT
•
Samsung account
•
w
Email
•
M
Exchange
•
CJ
Facebook
•
.,
Firefox account
•
G
Google
•
LDA
P
•
lffl
Unkedln
•
0
Messenger
•
Microsoft
Exchange
ActlveSync
0
Office
..
O
ne
Drive
•
M
Per
sonal
(JMAP)
•
Add an Exchange ActiveSync Account
If you synchronize your phone with your Exchange ActiveSync account, you can read, manage, and send
email in the same easy way as with a POP3/IMAP account. However, you can also access some powerful
Exchange features.
Important: Before setting up a Microsoft
®
Exchange ActiveSync Account, contact your company’s
Exchange Server administrator for required account settings information.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps
> Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Add
account > Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync.
2. Enter the Email address and Password for the email account and then tap Manual setup.
Messaging and Internet 106
myacoount@gma~ oom
l
,
...
...
A 100t.l
1HS
PM
$?AT
fV
$yr
t<l
1141'M
Andy
from
Google
AP'
21
rich,welcometoyournewGoogleAccGunt
Hlr,ch,
I'm
1ogladyoude<:odedlOlr)'OUIGriai
.....
•
3. Enter the required information.
Email address: Enter your email address.
Domain\username: Enter your network domain and username, separated by “\”.
Password: Enter your network access password (case-sensitive).
Show password: Display the password as you enter it.
Exchange server: Enter your system’s Exchange server remote email address. Obtain this
information from your company network administrator.
Use secure connection (SSL): Tap to place a checkmark in the box, if your system requires
SSL encryption.
Use client certificate: Tap to place a checkmark in the box, if your system requires
certification.
4. Tap Next and follow the onscreen prompts to configure options for the account.
5. Enter an account name and a display name and tap Done to complete setup.
Your corporate email account is set up and you will begin receiving email for the account.
Compose and Send Email
Compose and send email using any account you have set up on your phone. Increase your productivity
by attaching files such as pictures, videos, or documents to your email messages.
1. From home, tap Apps > Email .
The email inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 107
e
~
ATTAC
H
SEND
To
I]
$u0
Sen! from my Spnnl
S.msung
Galaxy
S6
edpe
+
1
2 3
4
5 6
7
8
9
q w e r t y u i 0
.
a s d f g h j k
1' z X C V b n m
Sym
'J;
@
EN(USJ
oom
-
MO
RE
V
0
p
I
Cl
...
•
•
•
If you want to switch to a different email account, tap the account name at the top of the
screen and select another account.
You can also view multiple inboxes at once. Tap the account name at the top of the screen
and then tap Combined inbox to see messages from all your configured email accounts.
2. Tap Co
mpose
.
The email composition window opens.
3. Enter the message recipient(s), subject, and message.
To attach pictures or other files to the email, tap Attach, select a file type, and then tap a file
to attach it.
For additional options when composing email messages, tap More options
and select an
opti
on.
Messaging and Internet 108
~1
00-.l
lHSPM
AT
TM.H
I :
To Mom
<D
V
F
rom
• myaccount
~ma
il.
com
•
"'
I miss you.
...
P.
·-
.
12
•
John
Meeting Hello
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
q
w
e
y u
0
p
.
a
s
d f
g
h k
'V'
z X C V b n m
<El
Etlgl1&
h
{US)
I)
Co)
.
....
.
GoogleP1e1
Gttll
ththohcky5')1('1¥<rthafree
t,,1
,chael8ubN
JohnSmittl
Not
10CIIUO!'lpao.lH
=
--
I
nf
o
Ban
ery
l\Alycharged.
fArdrl>'f~
Transferring media files
via
use
l-.>for
01
ri.
US8
optl0M
4. Tap Send.
The email message is sent.
Open Email Messages
Open and view your email messages.
Open New Email Messages from Notifications
When new email arrives, you will see New email in the status bar.
1. Pull
down the status bar to display the notification panel.
Messaging and Internet 109
12:45PM
WN.Apri1
19
=
--
In
fo
Ban@l')'ful)'cl'llfQfld.
i'Ndt04S,-
Tr
11nsfening
media files via
use
Tap
lot
otMf
USS
opt,oM
INB
OX
--=
YouTube
201,
·•
holidaymu•lc:..,YouTub.
r ...
-"1
00"4
1
1H5PM
S RTIY
laSls,n<:ed
15:JPM
O.C19,2014
vwTube
BrOHCut
r etotm-wec,fic
Styln
•t
•outloo
G
oog
le Pl
ay
0ec;11.2ou
Googk~
s
9ifls10,ov
:
LordoftMRingsmcMl
-+
U_
O..
holoday,;i
,
fl
10
~
Ge1
mowe
now Till8
holtday,
begi
•
2. Tap the new message from the notification panel.
The new email message opens.
If you have two or more new email messages, tapping the notification opens the email inbox.
Tap a message to open it.
Open Email Messages from the Inbox
You can also open and read email messages directly from the email inbox. Reading and replying to email
on your phone is as simple as on your computer.
1. From home, tap Apps > Email .
The email inbox opens.
Messaging and Internet 110
~1
00-.
l1
2.-45PM
Meeting
T
he
meeting has ~ n reschedu
le
d to tomorr
ow
lO
AD
MOll:E
,.J
.,,
•
•
•
Tip: To switch to a different email account, tap Mailbox at the top left of the screen, and then tap the
account name.
2. Tap th
e message you want to view.
The email message opens.
3. Tap Reply or Reply all to reply to the message.
Options When Reviewing Email Messages
● Resetting Mail as Unread: Touch and hold a read message, and then tap More options >
Mark as unread.
● Deleting Email: From the Inbox, touch and hold a message, select any additional messages, and
then tap Delete > Delete.
When reading an email, tap Delete
> Delete.
● Replying to Email Messages: With an email message open, tap Reply or Reply all ,
compose your reply message, and tap Send.
● Forwarding Email Messages: With the email message open, tap Forward , enter a recipient
and an a
dditional message, and tap Send.
Messaging and Internet 111
®
INBOX
myacoount@gma~ oom
A 100t.l 1
HSPM
S.QATrt
Andy
from
Google "'1'
21
rich,
welcome
to
your
new
Google
Account
1,tjr,ct\,
l'
m1oglMlyoudKodedlotr)'outGriai1
H4orta
•
Delete an Email Account
You can delete an email account from your phone if you no longer want to receive messages for the
account on your phone.
1. From home, tap Apps > Email .
The email inbox opens.
2. Tap Mailbox > Settings .
3. Tap the account name, and then tap Remove > Remove.
The account is deleted from your phone
Messaging and Internet 112
r
···
'"""
:.. 1
00"4
I 124SPM
Ef'"T S?RTIY
Andy
from
Google
rich,welcometoyournewGooga.
Account
Hlro:::h,
l'
m101Jledyoudeclded1ob)'outGma~
I-left•
•
Manage Your Email Inbox
Your email inbox provides management options for viewing, sorting, and deleting your email messages.
View Your Email Inbox
1. From home, tap Apps > Email .
The email inbox opens.
2. To select a different email account, tap M
ailbox at the top left of the screen, and then tap an
email account, or tap All accounts to see all your email inboxes at once.
Sort Email Messages
1. On the email account inbox, tap Sort by.
2. Select options for sorting email messages.
Delete Email Messages
1. On the email account inbox, touch and hold the message you want to delete.
Tap additional emails to delete.
2. Tap Delete > Delete.
Messaging and Internet
113
INBOX
myaceourrt@grria~oom
Andy
from
Google
rich,~toyournewGoogh.t.ccount
1'
•••
:.. 1
00"4
1
lHSPM
flMT
S?RTIY
HI
rw:;:h,
I'm
10
~
you
dec>ded
10
t()'
out
Gma~
Heft•
•
•
•
•
VIPs
Messages from Very Important Persons (VIPs) automatically display at the top of your email Inbox.
Emails from priority senders display VIP in their subject line.
To add VIPs:
■ With an email open, tap More options
> Add to VIPs.
To view only emails from VIP senders:
■ O
n the email account inbox, tap Mailbox
> VIPs.
Exchange ActiveSync Email Features
Set options for your corporate Exchange ActiveSync email messages, including synchronization options,
out-of-office messages, account settings, and so on.
To access Exchange ActiveSync settings:
1. From home, tap Apps
> Email .
Messaging and Internet 114
®
EMAIL
S
ETT
I
NGS
ACCOUNTS
myaccount@gma1l.c.om
oat/
'M
my
account@gmail.
com
,4/
"M
+
Add
account
GENERAl
Manage folde
rs
r:,, rfakSera.
View as
Alrto fit content
No
t
if
i
cations
Spam addresses
Sync
account
,,1
Account name
You
r name
Always Cc/Bee myself
Signature
"'
..
Show images
SYNC
SETTINGS
Sync
schedule
Number of ema
il
s
to
load
Um
lt
retrieval
size
..al
l
OO't.
ll
HS
PM
A 100t.l
1HSP
M
C:
2. Tap Mailbox > Settings .
3. Tap the Exchange ActiveSync account name to view its options.
The following options are available:
• Sync account: Keep the account synchronized on your phone.
• Account name: Change the account name.
• Always Cc/Bcc myself: Send a copy of each email you send to yourself.
• Signature: Enable and configure your signature for each email you send.
• Show images: Show all images in emails.
• Auto download attachments: Automatically download attachments when connected to
a Wi-Fi network.
Messaging and Internet 115
• Sy
nc schedule: Configure a schedule for syncing your email account.
• Period to sync Email: Configure how far back in time you want to sync your email
account.
• Limit retrieval size: Set a limit to the size of email messages you want to receive on
your phone.
• Limit retrieval size while roaming: Set a different email size limit when your phone is
on roaming.
• Out of office settings: You can set your Out of Office status and auto-reply message
right from your phone.
• Folder sync settings: Select which email folders to sync with the server.
• Period to sync Calendar: Set the time period for syncing your calendar with the server.
• Empty server trash: Delete the content of the trash folder on the server.
• In case of sync conflict: Select whether the device or the server has priority during a
sync conflict.
• Sync Contacts: Sync your Contacts with your Exchange account.
• Sync Calendar: Sync your calendar with your Exchange account.
• Sync Task: Sync your tasks with your Exchange account.
• Security options: Manage encryption and signature options for outgoing email.
• Exchange server settings: Modify the Exchange server settings for this email account.
Data Services General Information (LTE
and 3G Networks)
The following topics will help you learn the basics of using your data services, including managing your
user name, launching a data connection, and navigating the Web with your phone.
Important: Certain data services requests may require additional time to process. While your phone is
loading the requested service, the touchscreen or QWERTY keyboard may appear unresponsive when in
fact they are functioning properly. Allow the phone some time to process your data usage request.
4G LTE
The 4G LTE network provides your phone with wireless Internet access over greater distances than Wi-Fi
and delivers data transfer rates of up to 60 Mbps. To connect your phone to a 4G LTE network, you need
to be in an area covered by a 4G LTE network.
For more information about the availability of 4G LTE service in your location, visit sprint.com/coverage
.
Mes
saging and Internet 116
[
"·
,..
...
A 100t.l 1
HSPM
(
MOBILE
NETW
ORKS
Roaming
CO
MA
LTE
/CO
MA
GSM/
UMTS
Automatic
Note: The availability and range of the network depends on a number of factors, including your distance
to the base station, and infrastructure and other objects through which the signal passes.
Set Your Network Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections > Mobile networks.
2. Tap Netwo
rk mode and select an option. (Automatic is the recommended setting.)
The phone will scan for the best available Sprint network and will automatically connect to it.
When your phone is connected via 4G LTE, LTE appears above the signal strength indicator in the status
bar.
Note: The Sprint networks are self-discoverable, which means no additional steps are required for your
phone to connect to them.
Your User Name
When you buy your phone and sign up for service, you are automatically assigned a user name, which is
typically based on your name and a number, followed by “@sprintpcs.com”. (For example, the third John
Smith to sign up for Sprint data services might have jsm[email protected] as his user name.)
When you use data services, your user name is submitted to identify you network. Your user name is
automatically programmed into your phone. You do not have to enter it.
Messaging and Internet 117
r
···
'"""
:.. 100t.l 124SPM
SETT
I
NGS
Q
Apps
Lock
s
creen
and
security
Cloud
and
accounts
~
Goog
le
Access
ibility
V.
General
ma
n
ageme
nt
J
System
updates
"
Help
--·
Activate
this
device
(
ABOU
T DEVI
CE
My
phone
number
,
,.
Software
version
Ha
r
dwa
re v
ersion
Stat
us
Lega
l i
nformation
Device
name
olaxyS'ed<
Model
number
Andro
id version
.
...
Android
secur
i
ty
pat
ch
level
"'
Baseband versi
on
d ,
...
A 100t.l 124SPM
Q
(J)
Find Your User Name
You can find your user name through your phone's device menu.
1.
From home, tap Apps > Settings > About device .
2. Tap Status.
You will see your user name under the “Username” heading.
Messaging and Internet 118
SETT
I
NGS
Apps
,,
Lock
screen
and
security
Cloud
and
accounts
@,
Goog
le
Accessibility
V
General
management
System
updates
[
"·
A 100t.l 1
HSPM
Q
te,Show I
He
lp
About
device
Activate
this
device
""
""
(
SYSTEM
UPDATES
Down
l
oad
updates
manually
.,
Down
l
oad
updates
automatically
Update
PRL
Update
Profd
e
UICC Unl
ock
A 100t.l l2.4$PM
Q
""'
....
C:
Update Your User Name
If you choose to change your user name and select a new one online, or make any changes to your
services, you must then update the profile on your phone.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings > System updates .
2. Tap Update Profile.
Your phone will download and install the profile update.
Messaging and Internet 119
D
...ill
L~
~
Data Connection Status and Indicators
Your phone displays the current status of your data connection through indicators at the top of the screen.
The following symbols are used:
Icon
Status
Network (full signal):
4G LTE data service:
3G data service:
The fullness of the triangle icon indicates the strength of the
signal. A fuller icon means a better signal.
Your phone is connected to a 4G LTE network.
Your phone is connected to a 3G data network.
Browser
Your phone’s Web browser gives you full access to both mobile and traditional websites on the go using
3G, 4G, or Wi-Fi data connections.
SSL/TLS
SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) and TLS (Transport Layer Security) are protocols for encrypting
sent/received data. While in a screen connected by SSL/TLS, data is encrypted to safely send/receive
private information, credit card numbers, corporate secrets, etc., and provide protection against online
threats (eavesdropping, falsification, impersonation, etc.).
SSL/TLS Cautions
When opening a secured page, users must decide as their responsibility whether or not to open the
page with use of SSL/TLS. Sprint and the applicable Certification Authorities make no guarantees
whatsoever to users regarding security of SSL/TLS.
Messaging and Internet 120
www
.google.com
.
...
.
@
I
•••
...
A 100\.
l1
H
$P
M
El
.
GnndPraiM,TX
•Updalfl
•
•
•
Browser Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Internet .
The browser opens.
2. More options > Sett
ings to configure options:
Homepage: Choose a homepage to display when you launch Internet.
Default search engine: Choose a default search engine.
Auto fill forms: Manage your Auto fill forms.
Manual zoom: Override website requests to control zoom level.
Privacy: Choose options related to privacy.
Sync with Samsung Cloud: Sign in to your Samsung account to sync Bookmarks, Saved
pages, and more.
Advanced: Choose settings to control how the browser treats content, such as allowing
JavaScript, blocking pop-ups, and managing website data.
About internet: View information about the Browser app.
Messaging and Internet 121
www
.google.
com
.
.....
.
@
l
...
...
A l
OO\.
ll
H S
PM
El
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use the Browser
Launching the browser is as easy as tapping an icon.
■ From home, tap Apps > Internet .
The browser opens.
The first time you launch Internet, you may be prompted to enter your 10-digit wireless phone
number to access the Sprint Mobile home page.
You can also launch the browser by tapping a URL in a text message, email message, or
Gmail message.
To search within a Web page:
■ With a Web page displayed, tap Mo
re options
> Find on page, and enter your search text.
Tip: To change the phone’s default launch page to your current page, tap More options > Settings >
Homepage > Current page.
Messaging and Internet 122
'"
""
All
I
•••
...
:.. 1
11n
l lH
5P
M
www.google.
com
II
.
GnndPraiM,TX
•Updalfl
BOOKMARK
SprintWEB
Google
Picasa
Yahoo
Facebook
eB
ay
C
NN
ESPN
HIST
!Y
Weather Channel
BBC
A 100t. l 1
HS
PM
Create
folder
•
•
•
Add a Bookmark
Bookmark favorite sites using the browser menu options.
1. From home, tap Apps > Internet .
The browser opens.
2. Navigate to the Web page you want to bookmark, and tap More options > Add to
Bookmarks.
The add bookmark window opens.
3. Check or change the bookmark title, URL, etc., and then tap Save.
The Web page is added to bookmarks.
Messaging and Internet 123
op
op
.google.
com
.
.....
.
•
•
•
@
I
"·
A l
OO\.
l
lH
S
PM
El
•
GnndPr.irit,
TX
•UpdBlfl
op
Bookmark Options
● Editing Bookmarks: From the browser, tap Bookmarks , touch and hold a bookmark, tap
More options > Edit bookmark, edit the bookmark, and then tap Save.
● Deleting Bookmarks: From the browser, tap Bookmarks , touch and hold a bookmark, and
then tap Delete.
● Show Saved Web Pages: Fr
om the browser, tap Bookmarks
> Saved pages, and then tap
a saved page to open it.
View Browser History
Use the browser menu options to view your browsing history.
1. From home, tap App
s > Internet .
The browser opens.
Messaging and Internet 124
op
'"
""
..
SprintWEB
Google
Picasa
Yahoo
Facebook
eBay
CNN
ESPN
'"""'
Weather Channel
BBC
~ Bookmarks
B(Ol<MARKS
SAVED
•A
, r
Q
Download
history
G V
id
eo
history
Tod
ay
,_.
1
11n
l
lH
5P
M
SHARE
Q
,...,.
SHARE
MORE
H
ISTORY
goog
le •
Google
Search
https1lwww.ooogle.
c0!'
o/
. r.d10ld-brows«&q"google
2. Tap Bookmarks .
The bookmark window opens.
3. Tap the History tab, and then tap an entry.
The Web page opens.
Messaging and Internet
125
www
.google.
com
.
.....
.
@
""""'
(
TABS
.
...
.
TlKINON
SECRET
MOO£
@
I
·
•••
...
A l
OO\.
ll
H S
PM
El
ClOSEAlL ;
X
Nf:WTAI
Open New Browser Tab
Use tabs to switch between websites quickly and easily.
1. From home, tap Apps > Internet .
The browser opens.
2. Tap Tabs .
The window opens.
If you do not see Tabs , drag the Web page down to display the address bar on top and
the options bar on the bottom.
3. Tap New
tab.
A new window appears.
To switch windows, tap one of the available thumbnails in the tabs window.
Messaging and Internet
126
Welcome to Chrome
I
·
··•
...
By
using
this
application.
you
a;.ee
to
Chrome's Terms
of
S.,,-.,,ce
sod
PrnraqNot~
~
Help
m&k.e
Ctvome
bettef
by
sendir,g U$894!
stat
istics and cr
ash
reports
to
Goog
l@
I
hii4ii+ilih
1
11
0 II https www.google.com
II)
o O
II
•
•
•
Chrome Browser
In addition to the default “Internet” Web browser, your phone supports the Chrome mobile Web browser.
If you are signed in with a Google Account, the Chrome browser will import all your bookmarks and other
Web preferences for use on your phone.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Chrome .
2. The
first time you open Chrome, you will be prompted to agree to Chrome's Terms of Service and
Privacy Notice. Read the terms and tap Accept & Continue to continue.
3. If you want to sign in with a Google Account to import bookmarks and other preferences, select
an account and tap Sign in. If you do not want to sign in with a Google Account, tap No Thanks.
Chrome opens.
4. Tap the address bar at the top and enter search words (for a Google search) or a Web address
(URL).
The search results appear or a Web page opens.
Chrome Support
■ To find on-phone help with Chrome, from Chrome, tap More options > Help & feedback.
A Web page will open displaying Google help for Chrome.
Tip: For more information, from your computer, visit: google.com/chrome.
Mess
aging and Internet 127
Camera settings
Quick settings
Switch cameras
~,
~
0
•
• 0 •
HDR
AUTO
Camera, modes, or effects
Portrait
Gallery
Capture picture
Record video
Camera and Video
You can use the camera or video camera to take and share pictures and videos. Your phone comes with
a 16 megapixel rear camera and a 5 megapixel front camera that let you capture sharp pictures and
videos.
Camera Overview
The camera's viewfinder screen lets you view your subject and access camera controls and options.
● Portrait: Adjust skin tone of faces.
● Gallery: View your picture or video in the Gallery application.
● Capture picture: Take a picture.
● Record video: Begin recording video.
● Camera, Modes, or Effects: Swipe right to change the shooting mode. Swipe left to add
an effects filter.
● Switch cameras: Switch between the rear camera and the front camera.
● Quick settings:
HDR Auto: Enable the light sensitivity and color depth features of the device to produce
a brighter and richer picture.
Flash: Activate or deactivate the flash. Toggle through flash options—on, auto, or off (rear
camera only).
● Camera settings: Opens the camera settings menu and lets you change additional camera
settings. See Camera O
ptions and Settings.
Camera and Video 128
I
· ...
...
~ 100,.
ll
HSPM
(
HELP
Camera
"d-Meo9using,~lf*)'cldlfferent
:eas,ons()ntJtht'Autoend:setr,
•ca~
~
-ttectsunbfapplild,.whwEHy
Taki
ng
pi
ctures
Recording videos
Vie
win
g
pictur
es and videos
Selecti
ng
came
ra
modes
Learn About Your Phone's Camera
For an overview of your phone's camera and its features, access the phone settings menu.
1. From home, tap Apps > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
2. Tap Settings > Help,
and tap a topic to learn more.
Camera and Video 129
~
D
D
[
:::
Take Pictures and Record Videos
The following topics teach you how to take pictures and record videos with your phone’s camera.
Capturing Pictures/Videos
● File Format for Pictures: File format for pictures is JPEG (.jpg).
● File Format for Videos: File format for videos is MPEG4 (.mp4).
Camera Cautions
If Lens Becomes Dirty: Fingerprints/smudges on lens prevent capturing of clear still images/videos.
Wipe lens with a soft cloth beforehand.
Avoid Exposure to Direct Sunlight: Be careful not to expose lens to direct sunlight for long periods.
This may discolor color filter and affect color of images.
Flash Warning
Do not shine the flash close to eyes. Do not look directly at the flash when shining. Do not shine the
flash at other people's eyes. It may affect eyesight.
Take a Picture
You can take high-resolution pictures using your phone’s camera.
Note: Prior to using the camera, remove the plastic protective covering from the camera lens.
1. From home, tap App
s > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
Camera and Video 130
~
(!
)
-
1···
•
2. Aim the camera at your subject and then tap Capture picture .
The shutter clicks and the picture is captured and saved to your phone.
Tip: Y
ou can launch the camera from the lock screen. Swipe Camera up from the lock screen to open
the camera.
Record Videos
Record high-quality videos using your phone’s video camera.
1. From home, tap A
pps > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
2. Aim the camera at your subject and then tap Record .
Video recording begins.
Camera and Video 131
•
•
•
•
I
•
••
...
3. The following options are available:
Tap Capture to
take a picture while recording.
Tap Pause to pause recording.
Tap Resume to resume a paused recording.
Tap St
op to stop recording.
The c
amera stops recording and the video is captured and saved to your phone.
Shooting Modes
Your phone’s camera offers many shooting modes, to make your pictures or videos special.
1. From home, tap Apps > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
Camera and Video 132
2. On the Camera screen, swipe to the right to choose a shooting mode. Tap a mode to select it.
Both cameras
Virtual shot: Create multi-directional views of objects.
Video collage: Create your own short collages and slow-motion videos without any editing
tools.
Live broadcast: Broadcast live on YouTube. Share your link with friends so they can watch
your video in real time.
Download: Downl
oad additional shooting modes from the Galaxy Apps store.
Rear cam
era
Auto: Allow the camera to evaluate the surroundings and determine the ideal mode for the
picture.
Pro: Manually adjust the ISO sensitivity, exposure value, white balance, and color tone while
taking pictures.
Panorama: Create a linear image by taking pictures in either a horizontal or vertical direction.
Selective focus: Change the focus of pictures after they have been taken. You can focus on
subjects near to the camera, far away from the camera, or both.
Slow motion: Record videos at a high frame rate for viewing in slow motion. You can play a
specific section of each video in slow motion after recording it.
Fast motion: Record videos for viewing in fast motion. You can play a specific section of
each video in fast motion after recording it.
Camera and Video 133
r
•••
...
GALLERY
ALBl.:MS
TOP<
Front camera
Selfie: Take selfie shots and apply various effects, such as an airbrushed effect.
Wide selfie: Take wide-angle selfie shots to fit more people into your pictures.
View Pictures and Videos Using Gallery
Using the Gallery application, you can view pictures and watch videos that you have taken with your
phone’s camera, downloaded, or copied to phone memory. You can also take a look at your pictures and
your friends’ pictures that are on your social networks.
For pictures that are on your phone, you can do basic editing such as rotating and cropping. You can also
easily assign a picture as your contact picture or wallpaper and share pictures with your friends.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Gallery .
The picture list opens.
Camera and Video 134
GALLERY
0
STOfllfS
•
DCIM
Tr
a
vel
-
Q
«:
l!!J
- -
2. Tap Albums, and then tap an album (such as Camera).
The list of pictures and videos for the album opens.
To select another album, tap Back to return to the Albums tab.
3. For a p
icture, tap a thumbnail to view the picture. While viewing a picture full-screen you can use
these options:
Auto adjust: Automatically enhance your pictures.
Share: Choose a method for sharing the picture.
Edit: Modify your picture.
Delete: Erase the current picture.
Camera and Video 135
Q
Q
•
•
•
•
•
•
Favorite : Tag a picture as a favorite.
More options : Choo
se other options, including:
• Detail
s: View file details.
• Rotate left: Rotate the image counter-clockwise 90 degrees.
• Rotate right: Rotate the image clockwise 90 degrees.
• Slideshow: Create a slideshow.
• Set as contact picture: Set the picture as the photo for a contact.
• Set as wallpaper: Set the picture as wallpaper for your home or lock screens.
• Print: Send the image to your connected printer.
4. For a video, tap a video to select it. When the video is displayed full-screen, you can use these
options:
Tap Play
to play the video.
Share: Choose a method for sharing the video.
Edit: Edit the video.
Delete: Erase the current video.
Favorite : Tag a video as a favorite.
Mor
e options : Choose other options, including:
• Detail
s: View file details.
• Slideshow: Create a slideshow.
Pictures and Videos: Review Screen
After capturing a picture or video, from the camera screen, tap the thumbnail image at the upper right
corner of the screen to see the item in the review screen. From there, you can access options such as
save, view, send, or delete the picture or video.
Pictures and Videos: Options while Viewing
● Zoom in or out on a picture: Tap the screen twice or pinch the screen to zoom in or out on a
picture.
● Viewing videos: Use the onscreen controls to play, pause, or stop the video playback.
After selecting an album from the Albums tab, you can browse through the pictures and videos of that
album. Tap a picture or video to view it in full screen.
Camera and Video 136
r
•••
...
GALLERY
,...,
.
ALBU.IS
A
l,Ql
,
20
14
Note: When viewing pictures, you can tap a picture or video to open a selection menu and choose what
to do with the picture or video.
Edit Pictures
Whether you are browsing pictures in filmstrip or grid view in the Gallery application, you can tap a picture
to open a selection menu and choose to delete the picture, rotate or crop it, and more.
Auto Adjust a Picture
Use the Auto adjust option to automatically enhance your pictures.
1. From home, tap Apps > Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
2. Tap the picture you want to adjust.
3. Tap Auto adjust.
The picture's color, brightness, and saturation are automatically enhanced, and the picture is
saved to the phone.
Camera and Video 137
I~
GALLERY
~lll'l'S
ALS\,1.1S
AUQl,
20
14
•
•
•
1
•••
Rotate a Picture
The editing options let you rotate pictures 90 degrees clockwise. Repeat the action for additional
rotations.
1. From home, tap Apps > Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
2. Tap the picture you want to rotate.
3. Tap M
ore options > Rotate left or Rotate right.
The
picture is rotated and saved to the phone.
Camera and Video
138
I
•••
...
GALLERY
Q
<
(?
@
....
'
"'
-
Crop a Picture
Use the editing tools to crop your pictures.
1. From home, tap Apps > Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
2. Tap the picture you want to crop.
3. Tap Edit > Transform.
A crop box appears on the picture.
Camera and Video 139
,.
111
1
11
1 11 1 ! 1
11
1
11
1
111
0
<I>
D o
,._
f
lit
_,
, r
11,
..i
IIIM111
JillMI
X
v'
I
•••
...
GALLERY
4. To adjust the crop box size, touch and hold an edge or corner of the box. Drag your finger inward
to or outward to resize the crop box.
To move the crop box to the part of the picture that you want to crop, drag the adjusted crop
box to the desired position.
5. Tap Apply to apply the changes to the picture.
The c
ropped picture is saved in the album as a copy. The original picture remains unedited.
Draw on a Picture
Use your finger to draw on a picture.
1. From home, tap Apps > Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
Camera and Video 140
<>,
--
()
'
"'
Q
@
-
2. Tap the picture you want to modify.
3. Tap Edit > Decoration > Draw.
Drawing tools display.
4. Use your finger to draw on the picture.
Too
ls and options are:
Pen:
Select a pen type, stroke size, and color.
Erase: Use finger as an eraser. Tap again for additional options.
Undo: Undo the last action.
Redo: Redo the last action you undid.
Camera and Video 141
I
•••
...
Apply : Save the file to your phone.
The picture is saved to the phone.
Share Pictures and Videos
The Gallery application lets you send pictures and videos using email or multimedia messages. You can
share pictures on your social networks (such as Facebook and Google+
™
) and share videos on YouTube.
You can also send them to another phone or your computer using Bluetooth.
Send Pictures or Videos by Email or Gmail
You can send several pictures, videos, or both in an email or Gmail message. They are added as file
attachments in your email. For more information about using email and Gmail, see Compose and Send
Email or Create and Send a Gmail Message.
1. From home, tap App
s
> Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
2. Tap Albums, and then tap the pictures or videos you want to share.
To select multiple items, touch and hold an image to turn on multiple select. Tap all the items
you want to include.
Camera and Video 142
L
GALLERY
,...,
.
A
l,Ql
,
20
14
GALLERY
ALBU.IS
I
••
•
...
I
3. Tap Share, and then on the sharing menu, tap Email or Gmail.
Follow the prompts to complete and send the message.
Note: If you have multiple email accounts or Gmail accounts, the default account will be used. Check the
“From” line to determine which account is being used.
For more information about using email and Gmail, see Compose and Send Email or Create and Send a
Gmail Message.
Send a Picture or Video by Multimedia Message
Multimedia Messaging (MMS) lets you send pictures and videos using your phone’s messaging app.
Although you can send several pictures or videos in a multimedia message, it may be better to just send
one at a time, especially if the files are large in size.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
Camera and Video 143
.......
ALSIJMS
1
•••
2. Tap Albums, and then tap the pictures or videos you want to share.
To select multiple items, touch and hold an image to turn on multiple select. Tap all the items
you want to include.
3. Tap Share, and then on the sharing menu, tap Messages.
4.
Follow the prompts to complete and send the message.
F
or more information about sending multimedia messages, see
Sen
d a Multimedia Message (MMS).
Send Pictures or Videos Using Bluetooth
You can select several pictures, videos, or both and send them to someone’s phone or your computer
using Bluetooth.
1. From home, tap Apps > Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
2. Tap Albums, and then tap the pictures or videos you want to share.
To select multiple items, touch and hold an image to turn on multiple select. Tap all the items
you want to include.
Camera and Video 144
GALLERY
"""""'
GALLERY
........
A
UQl
,
20
14
ALBl.:MS
TOP<
I
"·
0
3. Tap Share, and then on the sharing menu, tap Bluetooth.
4. Follow the onscreen prompts to complete and send the files.
For more information, see Bluetooth.
Share Pictures or Videos via Additional Apps or
Social Media
From Gallery, you can share your pictures and videos from a variety of apps and social media sites, such
as Facebook, Hangouts, Instagram
™
, and more. Available apps will vary depending on what you have
installed on your phone.
1. Fr
om home, tap Apps > Gall
ery .
2. Tap Albums, and then tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want send.
Camera and Video 145
I
·
··•
...
3. Select the items you want to send.
To select multiple items, touch and hold an image to turn on multiple select. Tap all the items
you want to include.
4. Tap Share, and then tap the app you want to use (such as Facebook).
5. Follow the prompts to complete the share.
Share Videos on YouTube
You can share your videos by uploading them to YouTube. Before you do this, you must create a
YouTube account and sign in to that account on your phone.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
2. Tap Albums, and then tap the album that contains the videos you want to share.
3. Select the videos you want to send.
To select multiple videos, touch and hold an image to turn on multiple select. Tap all the
videos you want to include.
4. Tap Share, and then on the sharing menu, tap YouTube.
5. Enter the prompted information, such as description and tags, and select a privacy option.
6. Tap Upload.
The upload is completed.
Camera and Video 146
.•
1::: )
Camera Options and Settings
You can adjust your camera’s settings using the icons on the main camera screen and the full camera
settings menu.
Switch Cameras
Your phone lets you switch between the front and rear cameras.
1. From home, tap App
s > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
2. Tap Switch cameras .
– or –
Sw
ipe the screen up or down.
The ca
mera changes from the rear camera to the front camera or vice versa.
Set Camera Options
You can configure your camera’s settings to fit any situation and event.
1. From home, tap Apps > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
Camera and Video 147
C
AMERA
S
ETT
IN
GS
Pi
cture
size
16'9(16"4)
Video
size
FHD
1920il090
Tracki
ng
AF
FRONT
CAM[JlA
Pi
ctur
e size
4
.'.
(SOM)
Video
size
FH019;
J• H
10
Save
pictures
as
pr
eviewed
Ways
to
take
pictures
COMMOH
Timer
2. Tap Settings .
The camera settings menu opens.
3. Select your desired settings:
Rear camera
• Picture size: Select a resolution. Use higher resolution for higher quality. Higher
resolution pictures take up more memory.
• Video size: Select a resolution. Use higher resolution for higher quality. Higher resolution
videos take up more memory.
• Tracking AF: Focus on and track a subject selected on the preview screen.
Front camera
• Picture size: Select a resolution. Use higher resolution for higher quality. Higher
resolution pictures take up more memory.
• Video size: Select a resolution. Use higher resolution for higher quality. Higher resolution
videos take up more memory.
• Save pictures as previewed: Save the self‑portrait or self‑recording as viewed on the
camera screen, not as flipped images.
• Ways to take pictures: Tap to take pics (tap the screen to take selfies), Gesture
control (detect your palm and automatically take a picture two seconds later), and Use
heart rate sensor (once your face has been recognized, tap the heart rate sensor to take
your picture).
Camera and Video 148
'
!)
1
:::
Common
• Timer: Take time-delayed pictures or videos.
• Video stabilization: Activate anti-shake. Anti‑shake helps to keep the focus steady
when the camera is moving.
• Grid lines: Display viewfinder grid lines to help composition when selecting subjects.
• Location tags: Attach a GPS location tag to the picture.
• Review pictures: Set to show pictures after taking them.
• Quick launch: Open camera by pressing the Home key twice in quick succession.
• Voice control: To take pictures say “smile”, “cheese”, “capture”, or “shoot”. To record
videos, say “Record video”.
• Volume keys function: Use the Volume key as the capture key, the record key, or as a
zoom key.
• Reset settings: Reset the camera settings.
• Help: View information on using the camera.
Live Broadcasting
Share what is happening around you via YouTube.
To access the Live Broadcasting:
1. Fr
om home, tap App
s > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
2. Swipe to the right and tap Live broadcast.
Note: You have to sign in to your Google Account and enable Live Broadcasting in your YouTube
settings to use this feature.
Camera and Video 149
'
!)
•
•
0
G
<
•
1
:::
0
Live Broadcasting Options
The following options are available:
●
Rear/Front: Choose which camera to record from.
● Invite: Invite contacts to view your live broadcast by sending them a link.
● Settings: Set your privacy settings, Video size, Auto save, and manage your account.
● Live: Start recording your live broadcast.
● Share: Share while recording your live broadcast.
● Stop: End your live broadcast.
Record a Live Broadcast
Record and instantly share your videos to YouTube.
1. From home, tap Apps > Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
2. Swipe to the right and tap Live broadcast.
3. Tap Invite and select contacts to share your live broadcast with. You will also have the option
to share your live broadcast during recording and when you finish recording.
4. Press Live to begin recording.
5. When you are finished, tap Stop .
Camera and Video 150
\~
~
~.
1
:::
0
[
:::
Share a Broadcast
You can share your live broadcast with contacts before recording, or share the link after you have finished
recording and it has been posted to YouTube.
To invite contacts:
1. From home, tap Apps
> Camera .
The camera viewfinder appears.
2. Swipe to the right and tap Live broadcast.
3. Tap Invite and select contacts or groups to share your live broadcast with.
4. Tap Done to send invites.
To share a Live broadcast:
■ After rec
ording, tap Share and select a sharing method to share your live broadcast.
Live Broadcast Settings
Customize your Live Broadcasts.
1. From home, tap Apps > Camer
a .
The camera viewfinder appears.
Camera and Video 151
G
2. Swipe to the right and tap Live broadcast.
3. Tap S
ettings and select an option to customize:
Ac
count: Select a Google Account for Live Broadcasting.
Privacy: Choose either to have your videos unlisted where only friends with a link can view
them, or public where anyone can view them.
Video size: Tap to choose a size option.
Social media settings: Share your link with social media when you start broadcasting.
Auto save: Tap to enable auto saving your videos to the Gallery app.
Auto dim: Dims the brightness if you broadcast without touching the screen.
Add shortcut on Home screen: Tap to create a shortcut to Live broadcast on the Home
screen.
Camera and Video
152
I~
U
sage
·~·
[I
555-555-1
234
O Data
llJIJ
w,tl, Mcl.ide
Hohpul
0.0772 / 4
GB
0 Talk
Any:,mf' M,nutl'~
0 I Unlimited
O Text
le•I
1 / Unlimited
6day1lef1
Mar2S
Usage
Q
6
~
~r24
l
g
~
Useful Apps and Features
The following topics detail many of your phone’s tools and features such as maps and navigation,
calendar, clock, social networking apps, music, memos, and more.
My Sprint
Stay connected to all the latest news and information from Sprint. Included here are news, feedback,
featured applications and tips/tricks for your device.
■ From home, tap App
s > My Sprint .
The My
Sprint app launches.
Sprint Family Locator
Sprint Family Locator lets you locate any phone on your Sprint family plan instantly—from your mobile
phone, tablet or computer.
Update Sprint Family Locator
The first time you use Sprint Family Locator, you will be prompted to update the app.
1. From home, tap App
s > Sprint Family Locator .
2. Tap Down
load.
The Google Play store will launch to the Sprint Family Locator page.
3. Tap Update > Accept to update the app, and then follow the prompts to get started.
Useful Apps and Features 153
0
"~
..
0
I
•••
...
1
•••
I
•••
...
[
...
...
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
0
Use Sprint Family Locator
1. From home, tap Apps > Sprint Family Locator .
2. Tap Get Started (or Sign In if you already have an account) and follow the prompts to set up and
use the app.
Sprint Fun & Games
Download new apps and games from Sprint.
■ From home, tap Apps > Sprint Fun & Games .
Sprint Music Plus
With Sprint Music Plus and the Music Store, Ringtone Store, and Ringback Tone Store, you can
purchase, download, and play music, ringtones, and ringback tones for your phone.
Access Sprint Music Plus
1. From home, tap Apps > Sprint Music Plus .
2. The f
irst time you launch the app, tap Install and follow the prompts to install the app.
3. Tap a store option from the main page (Ringbacks Store, Music Store, or Ringtones Store), or
tap More options
> Music (under Library) to access your music.
Tap the onscreen navigation tools to skip ahead or rewind. Tap More options at any time
to see additional options.
For more inf
ormation, tap Menu
> Settings > Abo
ut or Help.
Note: If you have loaded music on to your phone from your computer (see Transfer Files Between Your
Phone and a Computer), you will need to sync your music to listen to it through Sprint Music Plus. From
the Sprint Music Plus app, tap Menu
> Settings > Synchr
onize your music library. Once synced, you
will see your music in the library.
Purchase and Download Music from the Sprint Music Plus Store
From the Sprint Music Plus Store, you can shop for songs to purchase and download to your phone.
1. From home, tap App
s > Sprint Music Plus > Music Store.
2. Enter
a song or artist in the search field or browse through options in the tabs in the center of the
screen.
3. Tap a song to select it.
Useful Apps and Features 154
,
I
•••
...
(
...
...
0
.
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to preview or purchase the song. Tap More options at any
time to display the Sprint Music Plus menu.
Tip: For
ringtones or ringback tones, tap Ringtone Store or Ringback Tone Store from the Sprint Music
Plus main menu.
Sprint TV & Movies
Use Sprint TV & Movies to watch live TV and access movies and other on demand entertainment on the
go.
Note: Coverage is not available everywhere. Content and lineup are subject to change. Select channels
are also available for casual usage. Go to Sprint TV & Movies for more information.
Your Sprint TV Channel Options
The Sprint TV application offers a wide variety of accessible channels. Subscription options include
comprehensive basic packages as well as a full menu of “a la carte” channels. Visit Sprint TV & Movies
for more information on channels and pricing.
Watch TV
1. From home, tap Apps > Sprint TV & Movies .
2. F
ollow the prompts to browse categories and find programs.
Depending on your settings, your phone may prompt you to accept a data connection.
Browse horizontally through the category options in the center of the screen to see what's
available. For quick access, touch a featured item in the center of the screen or select a live
channel from the bottom bar.
Scroll up and down in a category list and then touch a clip or channel to view the program.
Note: The first time you access a channel that requires a subscription, you will be prompted to purchase
access. Touch Subscribe to purchase access, or touch Preview to see a preview of the selected
channel.
1Weather
Receive real-time local weather information at any location in the world. Access seven-day and hourly
weather forecasts for your area.
■ From home, tap A
pps > 1Weather .
Usef
ul Apps and Features
155
0
7
4
()
8
5
2
+/_ 0
%
9
6
3
I
•••
1···
r
···
X
+
Amazon
Shop Amazon.com from your phone.
■ From home, tap Apps > Amazon shopping .
App Spotlight
Discover new apps from the Google Play store.
■ From home, tap Ap
ps > App Spotlight .
Calculator
Your phone’s convenient built-in calculator lets you perform basic mathematical equations.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Calculator .
The calculator app launches.
Useful Apps and Features 156
48x~
88
@
C
()
%
7
8
9
X
4
5 6
2 3
+
+/_
0
Co)
C.
2nd Rad
./
C
()
%
son
cos
tan
7 8 9 X
In
log
1/x 4
5 6
e'
x'
x'
2 3
+
l
xl
n
e
+/_
0
2. Tap keys for calculations.
Calculation results appear.
Tip: To use the scientific calculator, make sure Auto rotate is turned on (notification panel > Auto rotate
) and rotate the screen to the landscape orientation.
Keys for the scientific calculator appear.
Useful Apps and Features 157
0
f
•••
~
1
00\
18
S7PM
APR
T
ODAY
VIEW
:
'"
" " "
"
,.
20
"
"
,.
" "
27
" "
30
•
Calendar
Use Calendar to create and manage events, meetings, and appointments. Your Calendar helps organize
your time and reminds you of important events. Depending on your synchronization settings, your
phone’s Calendar stays in sync with your Calendar on the Web, Exchange ActiveSync calendar, Google
Calendar
™
, and Outlook
®
calendar.
In order to sync with your Google calendar, you must sign in to a Google account on your phone. See
Google Account.
Calendar Options
● View Today’s Calendar: From the Calendar, tap Today.
● Change Calendar View: From the Calendar, tap the drop-down menu in the upper left corner,
and then tap Year, Month, Week, Day, or Tasks to change the current view.
● View the Next/Previous Time Period (Year/Month/Week/Day view): From the Calendar, flick
the screen left or right.
Add an Event to the Calendar
Add events to your calendar directly from the Calendar application.
1. From home, tap Apps > Cale
ndar .
The Calendar app opens.
2. Tap Add .
The add ev
ent window opens.
Useful Apps and Features 158
..,
..
A
100\
l
1245P
M
CAHCEL
SAVE
T Meeting I
•
Al
1day
Sta
rt
Wed,Apr 19 1:
00PM
En
d Wed,
N,r
19 2:00
PM
•
Sa
msu
ng
Team
Vac
ation
1 O min before
ADO
""
with
at
with the
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
q
w
e
y u
0
p
.
a
s
d f
g
h
k
'V'
z X C V b n m
<El
1#
0
•
Etlgl1&h{US)
¢,!I
..,
..
'
Al
100\l
1245P
M
CAHCEL
SAVE
CANCEL
T
Meeting]
•
Al
lday
A.lltt:tv
Start Wed,Apr 19 1:
00PM
Select
calen
dar
En
d Wed,
/4+)r
19
2:00
PM
Sav
eas
~I
•
Sam
su
ng
Team
V
aca
tion
0
Mycaleodars
10 min before
ADO
•
Sa
msung Te
am
Vaca
tion
,,
""
..
0
tn
at
ions1000@gmail.com
,,
with at
w1
t
hthe
2 3
4
5 6
7
8 9 0
S.ve
as
l;lsic
0
Mytasks
q w e y u 0 p
.
CANCEl
a s d f g h k
'V'
z X C
V
b n m
<El
Show
meas
1#0
•
Engl,sh(US)
¢,!I
Visibility
3. Enter an event title, start date/time, end date/time, etc., and then tap Save.
The event is added to your calendar.
Selecting a Calendar
■ If you have more than one calendar, select a calendar by tapping the current Calendar on the
Add Event screen.
Select My calendars to create an event that will appear only on your phone.
Useful Apps and Features 159
(I
)
,,,
100
\
18
S7
PM
APR
T
OOAV
VIEW
:
"'
10
13
15
19
20
2'2
•
Select your Google Account to create a Google Calendar event. If you have several Google
Calendars on the Web, select one in which to add your event.
• You can create multiple Google Calendars only in Google Calendar on the Web. After
creating them in Google Calendar on the Web, you will be able to see them in the
Calendar application on your phone. For more information about creating and managing
multiple Google Calendars, visit calendar.google.com.
Select S
amsung Calendar to create an event that will sync with your Samsung account.
Select your Outlook or Exchange account to create an event that will sync with these account
types.
Note: Available options differ depending on the type of account selected for an event.
View Calendar Events
You can display the Calendar in year, month, week, day, or tasks view. To change the Calendar view, tap
View in the top right corner, and then tap Year, Month, Week, Day, or Tasks.
1. From home, tap Apps > Calendar .
The Calendar app opens.
Useful Apps and Features 160
.1111
100'4
1 124SPM
APR
T
OOA
Y
VIEW
;
"'
" " "
,.
,.
20
"
"
,.
" "
27
,.
"
30
•
r
···
~
1
00\
18
S7PM
APR
TO
DAY
VIEW
;
'"
" " "
,.
,.
20
"
"
,.
" "
27
" "
30
•
2. Tap a date and then tap an event.
The event details appear.
3. Tap the event to view details and edit the event.
Share Calendar Events
Once you have created a Calendar event, you can share it with others using a variety of methods.
1. From home, tap Apps > Calendar .
The Calendar app opens.
Useful Apps and Features 161
.1111
100'4
1 124SPM
APR
T
OOA
Y
VIEW
;
17
" " "
16
,.
20
"
"
,.
" "
27
,.
"
30
•
.1111
l
CNn.
l l
HSPM
APR
TO
DAY
VIEW
;
·"
"
12
"
16
17
11
19
20
"
22
"
,.
" "
27
,.
"
30
• Meeting
"'
Meeting
Delete
Edit
Share
•
2. Tap a date and then tap an event to see its details.
3. From the event details screen, tap Share.
4. Choose a Share as option (Calendar file (ICS) or Text).
Useful Apps and Features 162
[)
Al
lday
St
art
End
•
My
calendars
10min
!>&fore
i.---
u1-
.........
-.
Li
nk
Sharing
SHAAE
DELETE
Mon,
Ap<
24
8:00
AM
Mon,
Ap<
24
900
AM
....
a,
11P'-«k>~i.r~M«,1ntt-ongw,111~aty
....
M
I)
"""'
""'
Meu1gies
...,.,.n
D
...
0)
L.
--
-
...,,,
St'ftlOOrwe
,,,
100\
18
S7PM
APR
T
ODAY
VIEW
:
17
"
"
"
19
20
"
" "
25
"
27
" "
30
•
5. Select a sharing method and follow the prompts to send the Event information.
Sync Calendars
You can select which calendars you would like to sync on your phone, along with what types of
information you want to sync.
1. From home, tap Apps > Calendar .
The Calendar app opens.
Useful Apps and Features 163
•
•
•
"'l
CNn.
l l
HSPM
APR
Se
arc
h
"'
Manag
e
ca
l
endar
s
Settings
10
12
1:)
1
-4
16 17 18 19
~
21
22
30
• Meeting
•
Spr
im
"'l
CNn.
l l
HSPM
MANAGE
CALENDARS
All
calen
da
rs
MYPHOf,j[
•
My
calendars
•
•
Contacts' birthdays
•
•
My
tasks
•
GOOGLE
(~10~
11...il
-~-)
•
Samsung
T
eam
Vacation
•
tn
ations1[email protected]
Birthdays
•
•
Holidays in United States
+ Add account
2. Tap More options > Manage calendars.
3. Select sync options by tapping On/Off next to each item.
The sync settings have been updated.
Useful Apps and Features
164
•
•
I
•••
...
f
•••
Synchronize an Exchange ActiveSync Calendar
If you have set up a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account on your phone, you can also synchronize
Exchange ActiveSync calendar events on your phone. Calendar events on your Exchange ActiveSync will
also show in Calendar if you chose to synchronize with the Exchange ActiveSync Server.
To check if Exchange ActiveSync items are set to be synchronized:
1. From home, tap Apps
> S
ettings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Microsoft
Exchange ActiveSync.
If Micros
oft Exchange ActiveSync does not appear, you do not have an Exchange ActiveSync
account configured on the phone. For information about adding an account, see Add an
Exchange ActiveSync Account.
2. If your Exchange ActiveSync account is set for synchronization, On/Off next to Sync Calendar
will be On
.
Calendar Settings
Configure settings for your phone’s Calendar app.
1. From home, tap Apps > Calendar .
The Calend
ar app opens.
2. Tap More options > Settings to configure these options:
First day of week: Choose a day to start each calendar week.
Show week numbers: Enable or disable display of week numbers on the calendar.
Hide declined events: When enabled, events for which you declined the invitation are not
shown on the calendar.
7-day Weather forecast: When enabled, weather information displays on the calendar.
Notifications:
• Notification sound: Choose a sound for calendar event notifications.
• Vibration: Enable or disable vibration, to play for calendar event notifications.
Set default reminders: Set default reminders for Events and All-day events.
Lock time zone: When enabled, event times will be locked to the time zone you select.
Times and dates will not change, even if you travel to another time zone.
About Calendar: View information about the Calendar app.
Useful Apps and Features 165
~
SITTINGS
Apps
'
[
...
..
.
I
•••
...
A 100t. l 1
HS
PM
Q
M L
ock
screen and security
Cloud
and
accounts
®
Google
Access
i
bility
V
General
management
~
System
updates
Show,,,........,..
Help
About
device
Activate
this
devic e
Caller ID
With the Caller ID app, see who is calling, even if the caller is not in your contact list. The Caller ID app
requires a subscription.
■ From home, tap App
s > Caller ID .
Clock
Your phone has a clock app that lets you set alarms, view time in time zones around the world, use a
stopwatch, set a timer, and use your phone as a desk clock.
Checking the Time
You can always check the time on your phone. The current time displays in the upper right corner of the
status bar. Many widgets and lock screens also display the time and provide options for how time is
displayed.
Setting Date and Time
Your phone automatically receives the current date and time from the wireless network. You can set the
date by hand by overriding the default setting.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
Useful Apps and Features 166
,..
...
(
GE
NE
RAL
MANAGE
ME
NT
Language and input
Date
and
time
Report dia
gn
ostic
info
Reset
LO
OK
IN
G
FOR
SO
M
ET
HING E
LS
E?
Al
:01
mrs
BAC
KU
PAN
ORE
ST
O..L
DATA
USAG
!'
,..
...
( D
ATE
ANO
TIME
Automatic
date
an
d ti
me
Se
t
date
~22
.
2017
Se
t
time
91
8 PM
Select time zone
~Ml
':00~
O.
yty
>t
Time
Use 24-hour
format
"'
-0---
-<>
-0---
A 100t. l 1
HS
PM
Q
A 100t. l
1HS
PM
2. Tap General management > Date and time.
3. Set available date and time options.
To set the date and time, tap On/Off to turn Automatic date and time off.
Your date and time settings are applied and saved.
Useful Apps and Features
167
0
G
'"""
CL
OCK
I
·
•••
...
:.. 1
00"4
I 124SPM
Al.ARM
WI
IALO
Q.0(.1(
STOPWATC
H TI
MFR
600
..
fl<>''"'
CANCEL
Mon,Tue,Wed,Thu,Frl
6
00
Repeat
Alarm
name
Snooze
Alarm
tone
and volume
Vibrati
on
Read
time
aloud
•
::.1
100\
ll
lHSPM
SAVE
~ Da
te
AM
PM
C:
•
Set Alarms
Set multiple alarms using your phone’s Clock app.
1. From home, tap Apps > Clock .
The Clock appears.
2. Tap the Alarm tab.
3. Tap Add alarm .
4. Set the alarm options, including time, days, repeat pattern, alarm type, alarm tone, and volume.
5. When finished, tap Save.
The alarm is set, and you will see the alarm icon in the status bar.
Useful Apps and Features 168
G
f •
••
,..
...
A 100t. l
1HS
PM
C
LO
CK
Al.ARl.4
WORLD
ct.OCK
--
'WA1
:H
TI
MFR
Ch
icago
12:53
.....
:
•
0
Phone at Alarm Time
● At the set alarm time, the phone sounds the alarm and/or vibrates.
● When the alarm sounds, tap Dismiss.
World Clock
The World clock lets you keep track of the current time in multiple cities around the globe.
1. From home, tap Apps > Clock ,
and then tap the World clock tab.
2. Tap Add city , tap a city, and then tap Add.
3. Repeat to add multiple cities.
Useful Apps and Features
169
G
G
'"""
CLOCK
I
·
•••
...
:.. 100t.l 124SPM
AL..,Rt.4
WI
IALO
Q.0(.1( ST
OPWATCH
TI
MFA
1 .41
STOP
LAP
1·
··
A 100t.l 124SPM
CLOCK
Al.,f,.Rt.4
W1~LDc..:)C1<
STOPWATCH
TIM
ER
01
00 00
START
Stopwatch
The Stopwatch lets you time events down to the hundredth of a second.
1. From home, tap Apps > Clock ,
and then tap the Stopwatch tab.
2. Tap Start to begin timing.
3. Tap Stop to stop timing.
Additional options include Lap to keep track of laps, Resume to continue timing, and Reset
to reset the stopwatch to zero.
Timer
The Timer provides a countdown timer for up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds.
1. From home, tap Apps > Clock ,
and then tap the Timer tab.
Useful Apps and Features 170
@
r
···
r
···
2. Use the keypad and tap Hours, Minutes, and Seconds to set the length of the Timer.
3. Tap Start to begin the Timer, Pause to pause the Timer, Resume to resume the Timer, and
Cancel to stop the Timer.
Drive
Use Google Drive to open, view, rename, and share your Google Docs and files.
From home, tap Apps > Google > Drive .
Galaxy Apps
Discover apps designed exclusively for your Galaxy phone.
Note: You must sign in to a Samsung account in order to download Galaxy Apps.
■ From home, tap Apps > Galaxy Apps .
Gallery
Using the Gallery application, you can view pictures and watch videos that you have taken with your
phone’s camera or downloaded.
You can do basic editing such as rotating and cropping. You can also set a picture as your contact picture
or wallpaper and share pictures with your friends.
While viewing pictures in the Gallery, scroll up the screen to view more albums. Simply tap an album to
view the photos or videos in that album.
If you have downloaded any photos and videos, these will be placed in the All downloads album.
Useful Apps and Features 171
l
~J
GALLfRV
........
ALBU.IS
AUQl,
20
14
(
...
..
.
•
•
•
•
•
•
1. From home, tap Apps > Gallery .
The Gallery app opens.
2. From the main Gallery screen, you can use these options:
Tap a picture or video to display it in full screen view.
Touch and hold thumbnails to select them (indicated by a check mark).
Tap Pictures, Albums, or Stories to choose the way items are displayed.
Tap More options
for options. Available options depend on which Gallery screen you are
vi
ewing, and may include:
• Camera: Launch the Camera to take pictures or record video.
• Edit: Depending on the view, tap albums or items to select them. After selection, you can
tap More options
again for options you can use with the selected item(s).
• S
hare: Share albums, pictures, or videos.
• Animate: Create an animation from several pictures.
• Collage: Create a collage from several pictures.
• Settings: Access the Gallery app settings.
• Help: View help topics on using the Gallery app.
For more information about using Gallery, see
View Pictures and Videos Using Gallery, Edit Pictures,
and
Sha
re Pictures and Videos.
Usef
ul Apps and Features
172
0
(~
Sor>
nt
..ill
1001. l
12
"4
5PM
= Hangouts
No conversattOns
Tap
the
+ button
to
start
a
conversalloo!
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Google Hangouts
Meet friends and family online, share photos, host video calls, and send SMS and Hangouts messages
(see Google Account).
Using Hangouts
1. From home, tap Apps > Google > Hangouts .
The Hangouts app will open.
2. Tap A
dd , and
then tap New con
versation.
3. Type a name, email, number, or circle, or select a contact from the list.
4. Type a message or tap Video chat
to start a video chat.
A c
hat window or a video chat window opens.
Each time text is entered, the corresponding friend appears.
If a friend is not in a Hangout, you will see a message. Tap Send invitation to invite them to
join the Hangout.
Hangouts Options
● Ending a Video Chat: In the video chat window, tap End call .
● Disabling Chat History: If you do not want to keep chat history, in the chat window, tap
More options
> O
ptions, and tap History to turn it off.
●
Delete Chat History: To delete all your chat history, in the chat window, tap More options >
Op
tions > Delete conversation > Delete.
Usef
ul Apps and Features
173
NonhP!WkCente, 0
.......
© f
.,,_,..,
:;
r,on
•
-.
• j
Plr
k
f
.,.
..
.
'"""""'
c,.,,..p.,.;,
.,
®
Dallas •
__
,.
.
Go gle
,,
/@
...
~
Cl
~(l,,T~I
':"
@
,0. Exp
lo
re food & dri
nk
s
ne
ar Dallas
1'
•••
\
l
Note: You can use Hangouts as your phone’s default messaging app, or as a standalone IM app. If you
set Hangouts as the default messaging app, the Messages app will be disabled. For more information,
see
Def
ault Applications
.
Google Maps
Use the Google Maps app to determine your location, find directions, browse local businesses and
attractions, rate and review places, and more.
Note: To use Google Maps, you will need to have your phone's Location feature turned on. See Location
for information about enabling Location on your phone.
View Maps of Specified Places
Use Google Maps to locate and map a specific address or destination.
1. From home, tap Apps > Maps .
Google Maps opens.
Note: The first time you access Maps, you may be prompted to accept the Terms of Service and Privacy
Policy. Tap Accept & Continue to continue.
Useful Apps and Features
174
f-
Sea,ch
here
0 0 0
•
Six Flags
Over
Tex
as
Road
to
Stx Aags, Arlirogton.
TX
Grand Prai
rie
Munldpal
Airport
South
Great
Sovthwest
P11<li;w-,,
Gr.-id
Pr•irie,
MORE
FROM
RECENT
HISTORY
O..-@Ct
i
oos
to H
ome
Aeropuef1o
lnten
..cion
• I
de
Denver. 8500
Pe/\11
•
Oir@Ct
i
oos
to
Wo
rk
17101 Preston
Ra.d
. Dallas. TX
NeMbyfromyoorhlstocy
1
OFW
International
Airport
A~hlltlOn
Dr.
OFW Alrp<)(t TX
Six Flags
Ov
er
Texas.
Road
to
SL X
Six Flags Over Texas
41
......
2. Tap in the search field to start a search.
3. Enter an address, city, facility name, etc., and then tap a candidate in the results list.
A map of the specified location is displayed.
Google Maps Options
● Viewing Current Location: From the Maps app, tap Location .
● Obtain Useful Area Information for Current Location: Tap the Search here field, enter the
information you are looking for, and then tap a result to view it.
● View Traffic Information, Aerial Photos, Etc.: Tap Menu
and then tap Traffic, Satellit
e,
Google Earth, etc.
Useful
Apps and Features 175
0
(~
-
-
1 • ••
r
···
-
-
-
● Check Route to Destination: Tap Directions , enter your current location and your
destination, and then tap a method of transport (car, public transit, bicycle, or on foot) to see
available routes.
● Check Detailed Operation for Maps: From the Maps app, tap Menu
> Help.
Google Play Movies & TV
Google Play Movies & TV allows you to watch movies and TV shows purchased on Google Play. You can
stream instantly on your Android phone or download so you can watch from anywhere, even when you
are not connected. Also, get quick access to your personal video collection, including those taken on your
phone.
Learn more about Google Play Movies & TV at play.google.com/about/movies
.
■ F
rom home, tap Ap
ps
> Google > Play Movies & TV .
Google Play Music App
The Google Play Music app lets you browse, shop, and play back songs purchased from Google Play as
well as songs you have loaded from your own music library. The music you choose is automatically
stored in your Google Play Music library and instantly ready to play via streaming or download.
For more information about Google Play Music, visit play.google.com/about/music
.
Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files between Your Phone and
a Computer.
Play Music with Google Play
Use the Google Play Music app to listen to all your music on your phone. Compatible music file formats
include: MP3 (.mp3), AAC (m4a), WMA (.wma), FLAC (.flac), OGG (.ogg), DRM protected AAC (m4p),
and ALAC (.m4a).
1. From home, tap Apps
> Google > Play Music .
The P
lay Music app opens to the Listen Now screen.
2. To view additional music options, tap Menu
and select an option.
3. Tap an
item from the category window and then tap a song.
The song begins playing.
Useful Apps and Features 176
play next
Elapsed time
Rate
Music title/artist
Previous
song------'
Play/pause
Music list
Options menu
Music image/
album name
Shuffle playlist
Song length
Rate
'------Next
song
Google Play Music Screen Layout
The following diagram outlines the main features of the Play Music app player screen.
Feature
Description
Music list
View current playlist or queue.
Options menu
Access the options menu.
Music image/album name
Display music images and album names (if available).
Shuffle playlist
Shuffle the current playlist or queue.
Song length
The length of the song.
Rate (thumbs up/thumbs down)
Rate the current song.
Next song
Play the next song.
Play/pause
Play or pause the current song.
Previous song
Play the previous song.
Useful Apps and Features 177
•
•
Q
1....:::)
lt
·-
·,
.
.
•
•
•
Feature
Description
Elapsed time
Amount of time the song has been playing.
Repeat/play next
Repeat the current song or play the next song queued.
Music title/artist
Displays music title and artist (if available).
Create Playlists in Google Play Music
Organize music into playlists to fit every occasion.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Google > Play Music .
The Play Music app opens to the Listen Now screen.
2. Tap Menu to view your library or playlists, or to access Google Play Music online.
3. Fro
m a list displaying songs, tap More options next to an item from the category window and
then tap A
dd to playlist.
4. Tap New playlist.
5. Enter a name and tap Create playlist.
The playlist is created.
6. Return to the library view and select Albums or Songs.
7. Tap More options next to an item and then tap Add to playlist > [playlist name].
The song or album is added to the playlist. Repeat to add more items to the playlist.
Useful Apps and Features
178
IG
+
ing
...
I
•••
...
•
•
•
I
•••
)
.
..
J
Adding Currently Playing Music to a Playlist
■ From the player view, tap More options > Add to playlist > [playlist name].
The music
is added to the playlist.
Google Search
Search not only the Internet, but also the apps and contents of your device.
Use Google Search
Type search terms in the Google Search bar to find information on your phone and around the globe.
1. From home, tap the Google search bar or tap Apps > Go
ogle > Google .
The Searc
h window opens.
If confirmation appears, follow the prompts.
2. Type your search keywords and tap Search
.
Search results appear.
To search by voice, tap Voice search
in the search bar and speak your search terms.
Use Google Voice Search
Use your voice to search instead of typing, with Google Voice Search
™
.
1. From home, tap Apps > Google > Voice Search .
The Voice Search window opens.
Useful Apps and Features 179
1 • ••
l
...
...
Ph
CREATE
NEW
FACDOOK
ACCOUNT
2. Speak your search terms.
Search results appear.
Facebook
Post updates, read what your friends are up to, upload pictures and check-ins, and more with on-the-go
Facebook access.
Sign In to Facebook
1. From home, tap Apps > Facebook .
– or –
F
rom home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts > Ad
d
accounts > Facebook.
If you have a Facebook account, enter your user ID and password, and then tap Log in. 2.
–
or –
T
o cr
eate a new Facebook account, tap Sign Up for Facebook, tap Continue, and then follow
the instructions.
You are signed in to Facebook.
Useful Apps and Features 180
~
l
·
···
...
CJ
1···
Instagram
Capture and share photos and videos with your friends. Customize what you capture, and then share it
on your feed or post it directly to your friends. Located in the Social folder in the apps list.
Install Instagram
1. From home, tap Apps > Social > Instagram .
2. Tap Download, and then follow the prompts to accept access requirements and update the app.
Use Instagram
■ From home, tap Apps > Social > Instagram .
The f
irst time you access Instagram, follow the prompts to sign up for an account, or sign in
with Facebook or an existing account.
Lookout
Lookout Mobile Security provides key security options, such as anti-virus and anti-malware technology, a
lost and stolen device locater service, an application privacy adviser, and a backup service.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Lookout .
2. Tap G
et Started, review the introductory screens by tapping Next, and then tap New user to sign
up for an account, or Existing user to sign in.
Useful Apps and Features 181
C,
and enter
your memo title and text.
10
All
memos
..-
SEARCH !
Shopping list
0
I
"·
l
·
···
...
Memo
Organize your life by creating, editing, and managing memos. Located in the Samsung folder in the Apps
list.
1. From home, tap Apps > Memo .
The Memo list appears.
2. Tap
3. Tap S
ave.
The memo is saved.
Messenger
Send instant messages with all your friends using Facebook’s Messenger app.
Install Messenger
1. From home, tap Apps > Social > Messenger .
2. Tap Download, and then follow the prompts to accept access requirements and update the app.
Use Messenger
1. From home, tap Apps > Social > Messenger .
2. Fol
low the prompts to log in with your Facebook account. See Facebook.
Usef
ul Apps and Features 182
I
•••
1
•••
r
•••
m
r
···
r
···
Microsoft Excel
Create and share spreadsheets quickly and easily with Microsoft Excel.
■ From home, tap Apps > Microsoft > Excel .
Note: The first time you access Microsoft Excel on your phone, you may be prompted to update the app
via Google Play. Follow the prompts to update and install the app.
Microsoft OneDrive
Microsoft OneDrive gives you free online storage for all your personal files so you can get to them from
your Android device, computer, and any other devices you use.
■ From home, tap A
pps > Microsoft > OneDrive .
Note: The first time you access Microsoft OneDrive on your phone, you may be prompted to update the
app via Google Play. Follow the prompts to update and install the app.
Microsoft OneNote
Stay organized using text, pictures, or audio notes with Microsoft OneNote. Create Quick Notes or review
and edit shared OneNote notebooks.
■ From home, tap Apps > Microsoft > OneNote .
Note: T
he first time you access Microsoft OneNote on your phone, you may be prompted to update the
app via Google Play. Follow the prompts to update and install the app.
Microsoft PowerPoint
Create and share presentations quickly and easily with Microsoft PowerPoint.
■ From home, tap A
pps > Microsoft > PowerPoint .
Note: T
he first time you access Microsoft PowerPoint on your phone, you may be prompted to update the
app via Google Play. Follow the prompts to update and install the app.
Microsoft Word
Create and share word processing documents quickly and easily with Microsoft Word.
■ From home, tap A
pps > Microsoft > Word .
Note: T
he first time you access Microsoft Word on your phone, you may be prompted to update the app
via Google Play. Follow the prompts to update and install the app.
Useful Apps and Features 183
I
•••
...
Music
The Music app plays music files. Use Music to browse your music library, play songs, and create playlists.
You can also set songs as ringtones for incoming calls, or as alarm tones.
Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files Between Your Phone and
a Computer.
Wh
en you close the Music screen, playback will continue in the background, so you can listen to music
while you use other features of your phone. When music is playing in the background, you can access
playback controls from the notification panel.
Play Music
1. From home, tap Apps > Music .
The music app opens to the Playlists category.
• The default categories are Playlists, Tracks, Albums, Artists, Genres, Folders, and
Composers. Tap a category tab to display that category.
Useful Apps and Features 184
Playback position
Favori
te
El
apsed time
Shuff
le
songs
Rewind/
____
_.
Previous song
II
Q
Options
Volume
Length of song
Repeat mode
._____
Sca
n forward/
Next song
2. Scroll through the list and tap a song to begin. While playing music, use these controls:
Tap Pause to pause playback. To start playback again, tap Play .
Tap Rewind to move to the previous song. Tap Fast-forward to move to the next
song.
Tap the repeat mode button to control playback. Choose Play all to play all songs once.
Choose Repeat all to repeat all songs. Choose Repeat 1 to repeat the current song.
Tap the shuffle songs button to control the order songs are played. Choose Shuffle off
to play songs in the order they appear in the list. Choose Shuffle on to play songs in
random order.
Tap Favorite to mark a song as a favorite. Whenever a song is a favorite, the star is
bright. Favorite songs are included in the Favorites playlist.
Tap Volume to set the volume. You can also set volume by pressing the Volume key on
the side of the phone.
Useful A
pps and Features 185
•
•
I
·
•••
...
+
1
•••
•
•
•
Use Playlists
Create playlists to group songs, so you can listen to them together.
1. From home, tap App
s > Music .
2. Tap Playlists, and then use these options:
Tap an existing playlist to play its songs.
Tap Create playlist to c
reate a new playlist.
• Enter
a name for the playlist and tap Create.
• Tap songs from the Tracks list to add them to the playlist. When you are done adding
songs, tap Done.
The new playlist is saved.
Tip: To edit a playlist, tap it from the list and then tap ADD to add more songs, or tap More options to
access the Edit, Rename, SoundAlive, and Settings options for the playlist.
Music Options and Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Music .
2. Tap More options for options. Available options depend on the category:
Edit: Edit the song or playlist.
SoundAlive: Choose a setting to match the type of music you are playing.
Settings:
• Manage tabs: Choose tabs to display on the Music screen.
Useful Apps and Features 186
0
I
•••
...
• Control using lock screen: Control your music without unlocking your phone.
• Music with screen off: Play music from the lock screen when headphones are
connected and the screen is off.
• Play speed: Touch and drag the slider to set the default speed for music playback.
• Sleep timer: Choose a time period for music to play, after which Music will close.
• Smart volume: When enabled, Music automatically adjusts the volume of all songs to an
equal level.
• Skip silences: Skip silences between tracks to reduce pauses during playback.
• About Music: See information about the Music app and check for updates.
My Files
My Files allows you to manage your sounds, images, videos, Bluetooth files, Android files, and other data
in one convenient location. This application allows you to launch a file if the associated application is
already on your phone.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Samsung > My Files .
2. Fol
ders display, including:
Recent files: View recently saved files.
• This only appears if one or more files have been accessed recently.
Categories
• Images: View image files.
• Audio: View audio files.
• Videos: View video files.
• Documents: View document files.
• Downloads: View all apps and files that have been downloaded to the device.
• Installation files: View all APK files.
Phone
• Internal storage: View folders and files located on the device.
Cloud
• Google Drive: Use a Google account for cloud storage.
Note: Cloud drives vary depending on the services you sign in to.
Useful Apps and Features
187
0
~
I
•••
...
r
···
1···
r
···
To view files in My Files:
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Samsung > My Files .
2. Tap a c
ategory to view its files or folders.
3. Tap a file or folder to open it.
NASCAR Mobile
The NASCAR Mobile app is the official mobile app of NASCAR. Follow NASCAR news, video highlights,
and immerse yourself even further into the NASCAR experience with driver stats and live leaderboards.
■ From home, tap Apps > NASCAR Mobile .
Note: The first time you access the NASCAR Mobile app, you will be prompted to install or update it on
your phone. Tap Install or Update and follow the prompts.
NextRadio
Listen to your favorite local radio stations with NextRadio – FM radio on your smartphone! Tune in to any
FM frequency in your area and listen to the radio without the buffering and cost of streaming music.
■ From home, tap Ap
ps > Next Radio .
Note: To l
isten to radio from your phone, you must plug in either headphones or a speaker cable to the
headphone jack on top of the phone. To listen through the phone's speaker (after plugging in
headphones), tap Menu
> Output to Speaker.
Pages Manager
The Pages Manager app lets you manage up to 50 Pages from your smartphone or tablet. You can check
Page activity, share with your audience and see insights.
Install Pages Manager
1. From home, tap Apps > Social > Pages Manager .
2. Tap Down
load, and then follow the prompts to accept access requirements and update the app.
Use Pages Manager
■ From home, tap Apps > Social > Pages Manager .
Useful A
pps and Features 188
S Health
S Health is a wellness application that can help you manage your health. Set fitness goals, check your
progress, and keep track of your overall health.
Caution: The information gathered from this device, S Health, or related software is not intended for use
in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of
disease.
The accuracy of the information and data provided by this device and its related software, including heart
rate readings, may be affected by factors such as environmental conditions, skin condition, specific
activity performed while using/wearing the device, settings of the device, user configuration/user-provided
information, placement of the sensor on the body, and other end-user interactions. For more information
on proper wear and use, see samsung.com/us/heartratesensor.
1. F
rom home, tap App
s
> S Health .
2. Follo
w the prompts to get started:
Read the introduction and tap Start.
Read and agree to the terms and conditions, and then tap Next.
Sign in to your Samsung account if you have not already done so. You must sign in to a
Samsung account to set and save goals, and use other advanced S Health features.
Before You Start Exercising
This app can be used to monitor your exercise. While moderate physical activity, such as brisk walking, is
safe for most people, health experts suggest that you talk with your doctor before you start an exercise
program, particularly if you have any of the following conditions:
● Heart disease;
● Asthma or lung disease;
● Diabetes, or liver or kidney disease;
● Arthritis.
You should also check with your doctor if you have symptoms suggestive of heart, lung, or other serious
disease, such as:
● Pain or discomfort in your chest, neck, jaw, or arms during physical activity;
● Dizziness or loss of consciousness;
● Shortness of breath with mild exertion or at rest, or when lying down or going to bed;
● Ankle swelling, especially at night;
Useful Apps and Features 189
0
1···
I
···•
..
.
● A heart murmur or a rapid or pronounced heartbeat;
● Muscle pain when walking upstairs or up a hill that goes away when you rest.
Finally, the American College of Sports Medicine recommends that you see your doctor before engaging
in vigorous exercise if two or more of the following apply:
● You are a man older than age 45 or a woman older than age 55;
● You have a family history of heart disease before age 55;
● You smoke or quit smoking in the past six months;
● You have not exercised for three months or more;
● You are overweight or obese;
● You have high blood pressure or high cholesterol;
● You have impaired glucose tolerance, also called pre-diabetes.
When in Doubt – Check it Out
If you are unsure of your health status, have several health problems, or are pregnant, you should speak
with your doctor before starting a new exercise program. Working with your doctor ahead of time is a
good way to plan an exercise program that is right and safe for you. Consider it the first step on your path
to physical fitness.
S Voice
S Voice is a voice recognition application you can use to activate a wide variety of functions on your
phone.
This is a natural language recognition application. You can ask questions (Is it raining in Dallas?) or
speak commands (Show me where to find cheap gas).
1. From home, tap Apps
> S Voice .
2. Review and accept the terms and conditions, and then tap I agree > Next.
3. Follow the instructions to set up a wake-up command
4. To use S Voice, speak a command.
5. Tap Microphone
if
the phone does not hear you, or to give it a command.
Samsung Gear
Manage your Samsung Gear wearable devices.
■ From home, tap App
s > Samsung > Samsung Gear .
Useful Apps and Features 190
•
•
1 • ••
r···
•
•
Samsung Pay
Samsung Pay
™
is the new way to pay with your Samsung Galaxy device. It is simple, secure and works in
more stores than any other mobile payment service.
Sam
sung Pay is accepted almost anywhere you can swipe or tap your credit card.
Note: Make sure the NFC feature is enabled on your device. For more information, see NFC and
Payment.
Note: For added security, your credit and debit card information is not stored on a cloud service. If you
are using the Samsung Pay app on multiple devices, you must sign in to the app and add all payment
cards on each device.
Set Up Samsung Pay
Samsung Pay is secure, easy to set up, and simple to use with your Samsung Galaxy device.
To set
up Samsung Pay:
1. From home, tap Apps > Samsung Pay .
2. Tap Start and f
ollow the prompts.
Note: You must log in to your Samsung account or create a new Samsung account to use Samsung Pay.
Simple Pay
Access Samsung Pay from the Screen off, Lock Screen or Home screen using Simple Pay.
To cus
tomize Simple Pay:
1. Fro
m home, tap Apps > S
amsung Pay .
2. Tap More optionsa > Settings > Use Favorite Cards.
3. Tap On/Off to enable Simple Pay on each screen.
To use Simple Pay:
1. Fro
m any screen, swipe up from the bottom of the screen.
Your payment card and Simple Pay are displayed.
2. Drag the card down to close Simple Pay.
Useful Apps and Features 191
1
m
9
Use Samsung Pay
Use Samsung Pay quickly and conveniently whenever you have your device with you.
1. From home, tap Apps > Samsung Pay .
– or –
From any s
creen, swipe up from the bottom of the screen.
2. Select a card to pay with and authorize payments by scanning your finger on the fingerprint
sensor or entering your Samsung Pay PIN.
3. Hold your phone over the store’s card reader.
When your payment is complete, a receipt is sent to your registered email.
Use Gift Cards with Samsung Pay
Purchase, send, and redeem gift cards from an expanding selection of your favorite retailers.
To view
the list of supported retailers:
1. Visi
t samsung.com/us/samsung-pay.
2. Scrol
l down to “Gift cards” and click the See all merchants link.
Secure Your Information
Samsung Pay is designed with the latest security technology and works on most recent Samsung Galaxy
devices. Payments are authorized with your fingerprint or PIN and each transaction uses a unique token
each time, so your device only allows payments with your consent.
For more information about Samsung Pay, visit: samsung.com/SamsungPay
.
For Samsun
g Pay support, visit: samsung.com/us/support/owners/app/samsung-pay.
Samsung+
Get live help, discover new features, and unlock promotions for your Samsung device.
■ From home, tap Apps > Samsun
g+ .
Useful Apps an
d Features 192
D
.-.
I
•••
...
r
···
i··· D
SideSync
SideSync is a PC-Mobile solution that enables the screens, windows, and data to be shared easily
between a PC and Samsung Android Device.
Use SideSync
The first time you use SideSync, you will be prompted to update the app.
■ From home, tap Ap
ps > SideSync .
Tap Star
t and follow the prompts to get started.
Tap Help to learn more about SideSync.
Note: Before using SideSync, you will need to download and install it on your PC or tablet. To install
SideSync for computer, download it from samsung.com/sidesync.
Video
Play videos stored on your phone, or from your other devices (you must sign in to your Samsung account
to play videos synced from your other devices).
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Video .
2. Scr
oll through the videos stored on your phone. After a few seconds, each video thumbnail
begins playing a preview of the clip.
3. Tap a video to view it.
Use Pop-Up Play
Multitask with Pop-Up Play by transforming your video player into a pop-up window floating on the
screen. The video will continue to play, and the pop-up window can be resized or moved anywhere on the
screen.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Video .
2. Tap a
video to view it.
Useful Apps and Features 193
•
II
I
:::
...
3. Tap the screen to display playback options, and then tap Pop-up.
The video will continue playing in a floating window. Drag the window to any location on the
screen, and use two fingers to pinch or spread to resize the floating window.
Voice Recorder
The Voice recorder allows you to record an audio file up to one minute long and then immediately share
it. Recording time will vary based on the available memory within the phone.
Make a Voice Recording
1. From home, tap Apps > Samsung > Voice Recorder .
2. Tap appropri
ate recording mode at the top:
Standard: This recording mode picks up any sounds detected by the microphones.
Interview: The top and bottom microphones are used for two-directional recording. The top
and bottom of the device pick up equal amounts of sound. Microphones can be muted during
recording and playback.
Voice memo: Voice input is converted to text on screen. The maximum recording time is five
minutes.
3. Use the Voice Recorder controls:
To start recording, tap Record
an
d speak into the microphone.
To pause recording, tap Pause . To resume a paused recording tap Resume.
To end the recording, tap Stop > Save.
Useful Apps and Features 194
•
•
<
VOICE
001
EDI
T
00:03.28
0007
73
._
II
,.
h
•11
·--
•
•
•
I
· •••
...
l
.
...
...
•
•
•
To cancel the recording, tap Back , and then tap Discard.
To block incoming calls while recording, tap More options > Settings > Block
calls while
recording.
To m
ark a spot in the recording so you can find it later, tap Bookmark.
Play Back a Voice Recording
1. From a home screen, Apps > Samsung > Voice Recorder .
2. Tap List.
3. Tap
a recording to play it back.
4. During playback, you have the following tools available:
Repeat: Tap to repeat the recording once it reaches the end.
Speed: Tap to change the playback speed.
Skip muted: Tap to skip muted portions of the recording.
Bookmark: Tap to mark spots in the recording for later reference.
Share a Voice Recording
1. From home, tap Apps > Samsung > Voice Recorder .
2. Tap List, and then touch and hold on a recording to display options.
3. Tap More options
> S
hare, and then follow the prompts to choose a method and share the
file.
Useful
Apps and Features 195
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I
·•••
...
...
I
· •••
...
r
···
Modify a Voice Recording
1. From home, tap Apps > Samsung > Voice Recorder .
2. Tap List, and then touch and hold on a recording to select it.
3. Tap More options
to
display options:
Rename: Change the name of the voice recording.
Move: Move the recording to another category.
Voice Recorder Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Samsung > Voice Recorder .
2. Tap List to view a list of recordings.
3. Tap More options
for options:
Edit: Tap on recordings to select them. After selection, you can delete, rename, or write the
recording to a Voice Label.
Share: Select voice recordings to share.
Search: Search for a voice recording by file name.
Sort by: Organize voice recordings.
Settings: Configure settings for Voice recorder.
Delete a Voice Recording
1. From home, tap Apps > Samsung > Voice Recorder .
2. Tap List, and then touch and hold on a recording to select it.
3. Tap Delete > Delete.
Useful Apps and Features 196
ID
'----'
r
···
I
r
···
•
Sprnt
.illl
1
14SPM
Account
0..
:
.:.
hL
•
0
Hi
s
tory
IP
My
vid
eos
0
Watch
la
ter
Get
You
Tube
TV
D
Get YooTube Red
YouTube
View videos uploaded to YouTube and upload your own videos to your YouTube account.
View YouTube Videos
You can use the YouTube app to view videos on YouTube even if you aren’t signed in to a YouTube
account.
1. From home, tap A
pps > YouTube .
The Y
ouTube app launches.
2. Search through the YouTube channels and tap a video you want to see.
The video plays on your phone screen.
Tap the screen to pause or resume play while watching.
Post a Video to YouTube
You can post videos to your YouTube account from your phone. Before posting, you must set up a
YouTube account and sign in to it on your phone.
1. From home, tap A
pps > YouTube .
The Y
ouTube app launches.
2. Tap A
ccount
.
Your account menu appears.
Useful Apps and Features
197
0
3. Tap Upload and select a video from your phone.
Ente
r a title, description, and tags, and select a privacy setting.
4. Tap Up
load
.
The v
ideo is uploaded to your YouTube channel.
Useful Apps and Features
198
Connectivity
The following topics address your phone’s connectivity options, including USB file transfer and tethering,
Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, IR connectivity, and more.
Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a
Computer
You can use the supplied USB connector to connect your phone directly to your computer and transfer
music, pictures, and other content files.
For example, if you have a music album stored on your computer that you want to listen to on your phone
with any of the music apps, just attach your phone to the computer and copy the files to the music folder.
Data exchange may use the methods outlined in the following table:
Method
Description
Transferring media
files
Transfer files between your phone and PC such as pictures, videos, and
music.
Transferring images
Transfer picture and video files between your phone and PC.
Connecting MIDI
devices
Connect to MIDI‑compatible devices.
Charging
Charge your device using a USB cable.
Transfer Files Between the Phone and a Computer
1. Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB/charging cable.
Connectivity 199
I
.••
...
Insert the larger end of the cable to the charger/accessory port at the bottom of the phone.
Insert the USB end of the cable into an available USB port on your computer. You may need
to remove the USB cable from the charging head to access it.
Note: The first time you attach the phone to a computer, the device driver software will automatically
install on the computer.
2. Pull down the status bar to display the notification panel.
For most transfers, you will want to use Transferring media files via USB.
To change the option, tap the notification in the notification panel to open the Use USB for
window, and then tap the desired option.
3. On your computer, navigate to the detected device (such as through the My Computer menu) and
open it.
4. Select Phone for internal phone storage.
5. Select a folder (for example, Music for songs and albums) and copy files to it from your
computer.
6. When you are done, disconnect your phone from your computer.
The transferred files are now saved to your phone.
Note: You can also copy files from your phone to your computer, for example, if you want to save pictures
or videos from your phone on your computer.
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi provides wireless Internet access over distances of up to 300 feet. To use your phone’s Wi-Fi, you
need access to a wireless access point or “hotspot.”
The availability and range of the Wi-Fi signal depends on a number of factors, including infrastructure and
other objects through which the signal passes.
Turn Wi-Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network
Use the Wi-Fi settings menu to enable your phone’s Wi-Fi radio and connect to an available Wi-Fi
network.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Wi
-Fi.
The Wi-Fi settings menu appears.
3. Tap On/Off to turn Wi-Fi on.
Wi-Fi is enabled. You will see the names and security settings of in-range Wi-Fi networks.
To disable Wi-Fi, tap On/Off again.
Connectivity 200
4. Tap a Wi-Fi network to connect, enter the password (if it’s not an open network), and then tap
Connect.
Your phone is connected to the Wi-Fi network. You will see Wi-Fi
i
n the status bar.
The
password, for a household wireless LAN router, is sometimes found on a sticker on the
router (WEP, WPA, KEY, etc.). Contact the router manufacturer for information. For
password for a public wireless LAN, check with user's service provider.
Entering a password is not required if an access point is not security protected.
Note: The next time your phone connects to a previously accessed secured wireless network, you will not
be prompted to enter the password again, unless you reset your phone to its factory default settings or
you instruct the phone to forget the network.
Note: Wi-Fi networks are self-discoverable, which means no additional steps are required for your phone
to connect to a Wi-Fi network. It may be necessary to provide a user name and password for certain
closed wireless networks.
Wi-Fi Settings
Use the Wi-Fi settings menu to manually set your Wi-Fi connection options.
1. From home, tap A
pps > Settings > Connections .
2. T
ap Wi-Fi.
The Wi-Fi settings menu appears.
3. Tap On/Off to turn Wi-Fi on.
Wi-Fi is enabled. You will see the names and security settings of in-range Wi-Fi networks.
To disable Wi-Fi, tap On/Off again.
4. Tap Advanced.
The advanced Wi-Fi settings menu appears.
5. Configure your Wi-Fi settings.
Your Wi-Fi settings changes are saved.
Connectivity 201
I
·
•••
...
1
•••
e
e
Disconnect Wi-Fi
You may want to disconnect from a connected Wi-Fi network without turning Wi-Fi off.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Wi-Fi.
The Wi-Fi settings menu appears.
3. Tap the name of the connected access point and then tap Forget.
Wi-Fi is disconnected.
After disconnecting from an access point, you may need to re-enter the password to
reconnect.
Wi-Fi Direct
Use Wi-Fi Direct to connect directly to other Wi-Fi Direct devices simply via Wi-Fi, without an access point
or via the Internet.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Wi-Fi.
The Wi-Fi settings menu appears.
3. Tap On/Off to turn Wi-Fi on.
Wi-Fi is enabled. You will see the names and security settings of in-range Wi-Fi networks.
4. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
The Wi-Fi Direct settings menu appears.
Wi-Fi Direct and Wi-Fi are unavailable at the same time.
5. Tap a device with which to connect.
If connected via Wi-Fi, you will see a confirmation. Follow the prompts.
6. Accept the connection on the other device.
The phone is connected via Wi-Fi Direct.
If a connection is not accepted after a certain period, the connection request is canceled.
To stop a connection, tap End connection > OK.
Connectivity 202
C:)
-
1
:::
((
y
>)
-
:::
r>
•
•
•
Hotspot
Hotspot allows you to turn your phone into a Wi-Fi hotspot. When this feature is turned on, you can share
your phone's mobile data services via Wi-Fi with other Wi-Fi enabled devices. The feature works best
when used in conjunction with 4G data services (although 3G service can also be used).
Important: Use of the Hotspot feature requires an additional subscription. Sign on to your account at
sprint.com/mysprint or access your account via My Sprint (tap Apps
> My Sprint ) to learn more.
Note: Turning H
otspot on will disable your phone's connection to other Wi-Fi networks.
Set Up Hotspot
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Hotspot and
Tethering > Hotspot.
The Hotspot
window opens.
3. Tap On/Off to turn Hotspot on.
Hotspot is enabled.
To disable Hotspot, tap On/Off again.
Note: The best way to keep using the phone as a hotspot is to have it connected to a power supply.
Important: Write down the passkey (password) for this communication (shown onscreen).
Connect to Hotspot
1. Enable Wi-Fi (wireless) functionality on your target device (such as a laptop or media device).
2. Scan for Wi-Fi networks from the device and select your phone hotspot from the network list.
You can change the default name by tapping More options > Configure Hotpot and
entering a new Network name.
3. Select this
phone and follow your prompts to enter the passkey (provided on the Hotspot page).
The device is connected via your phone’s Hotspot.
4. Launch your Web browser to confirm you have an Internet connection.
Connectivity 203
Q
6
Bluetooth
Bluetooth is a short-range communications technology that allows you to connect wirelessly to a number
of Bluetooth devices, such as headsets and hands-free car kits, and Bluetooth-enabled handhelds,
computers, printers, and wireless phones. The Bluetooth communication range is usually approximately
30 feet.
Bluetooth Hints
Question: Cannot use Bluetooth?
Answer: Is y
our phone in airplane mode? Bluetooth is unavailable in airplane mode.
Bluetooth Function Cautions
Information may not appear correctly on connected devices depending on the transferred data.
Bluetooth Information
Bluetooth is a technology that enables wireless connection with PCs, Bluetooth devices with hands-free
features, etc.
Function
Description
Audio output
Listen to music and more, wirelessly.
Hands-free calls
Call hands-free, using Bluetooth-capable hands-free devices and headsets.
Data exchange
Exchange data with Bluetooth devices.
Enable the Bluetooth Feature
Use the settings menu to enable or disable your phone’s Bluetooth capabilities.
● Wireless connection to all Bluetooth functions is not guaranteed for the phone.
● The phone may not connect properly depending on the other device.
● Noise may be experienced with wireless calls and hands-free calls depending on the conditions.
To enable Bl
uetooth
1. From hom
e, tap Apps
> Settings > Co
nnections .
2. Tap Bluetooth.
The B
luetooth settings open.
Connectivity 204
-
I
...
...
3. Tap On/Off to turn Bluetooth on.
Bluetooth is enabled.
To disable Bluetooth, tap On/Off again.
Tip: You can also turn Bluetooth on or off with the toggle menu in the notification panel. Pull down the
status bar to display the notification panel and then tap Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth on or off.
Note: Turn off Bluetooth when not in use to conserve battery power, or in places where using a wireless
phone is prohibited, such as aboard an aircraft and in hospitals.
Pair Bluetooth Devices
Search for and pair nearby Bluetooth devices. Registered Bluetooth devices can be connected simply.
■ Enable the Bluetooth function on the Bluetooth devices being paired beforehand.
To pair Bluetooth devices:
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Bluetooth.
The Bluetooth settings open.
Nearby devices appear in the “Available devices” list.
If a target device is not detected, tap Scan to search again.
3. Tap a device from the “Available devices” list, and follow the prompts to pair with the device.
The Bluetooth device is paired to your phone.
Methods to accept a Bluetooth connection differ depending on the devices used.
Unpairing from a Paired Device
1. From the Bluetooth settings menu, tap Settings next to the paired device you want to unpair.
2. Tap Unpair.
The device is unpaired from your phone. To make another connection with the device, you
will need to pair again.
Connectivity 205
Connect to a Paired Bluetooth Device
You can listen to music over a Bluetooth stereo headset, or have hands-free conversations using a
compatible Bluetooth headset or car kit. It’s the same procedure to set up stereo audio and hands-free
devices.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Blueto
oth.
The Bluetooth settings open.
Paired Bluetooth devices appear in the “Paired devices” list.
3. Tap a device from the “Paired devices” list.
Your phone connects to the paired device.
The pairing and connection status is displayed below the device’s name in the Bluetooth devices section.
Wh
en the device is connected to your phone, the Bluetooth paired icon
is displayed in the status bar.
Depending on the type of device you have connected, you can then start using the headset or car kit to
listen to music or make and receive phone calls.
Note:
Due to different specifications and features of other Bluetooth-compatible devices, display and
operations may be different, and functions such as transfer or exchange may not be possible with all
Bluetooth-compatible devices.
Send Information Using Bluetooth
You can use Bluetooth to transfer information between your phone and another Bluetooth-enabled device
such as a phone or notebook computer.
Types of Data You Can Send via Bluetooth
You can send the following types of information, depending on the device you are sending to:
● Images and videos
● Calendar events
● Contacts
● Aud
io files
In the instructions below, Contacts data is being used as an example.
Connectivity 206
Cm1
o
Sending Contacts Data via Bluetooth
1. From home, tap Apps > Contacts .
You wil
l see the Contacts list.
2. Tap a contact and select Details.
3. Tap Share.
4. Tap vCard file (VCF) to share the contact as a vCard file, or tap Text to share the contact
information in a text file.
5. Tap Bluetooth and follow the prompts to share the contact.
The selected contact will be shared.
Receive Information via Bluetooth
Your phone is capable of receiving a wide variety of file types with Bluetooth, including pictures, music
tracks, and documents such as PDFs.
1. When another device attempts to send a file to your phone via Bluetooth, you will see a request
to accept the file.
2. Tap Accept.
The file is sent to your phone.
When your phone receives a file, you will see a notification. To open the file immediately, pull
down the status bar to display the notification panel, and then tap the notification.
When you open a received file, what happens next depends on the file type:
• Media files and documents are usually opened directly in a compatible application. For
example, if you open a music track, it starts playing in the Music application.
• For a vCalendar file, select the calendar where you want to save the event, and then tap
Import. The vCalendar is added to your Calendar events. (For more information on using
the Calendar, see Calendar.)
• For a vCard contact file, if there are multiple vCard files on your storage card, you can
choose to import one, several, or all of those contacts to your contacts list.
Connectivity 207
((
y
))
1
ED
e
Tethering
Use Tethering to share your device’s Internet connection with a computer that connects to your device via
USB cable, or by Bluetooth.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Hotspot and Tethering .
3. Select a tethering option: USB tethering or Bluetooth tethering.
Tethering is turned on, and your phone’s Internet connection can be shared with a connected
device.
For USB tethering, connect your phone to the target device with the supplied USB cable.
For Bluetooth tethering, pair your phone with the other device via Bluetooth.
Connectivity 208
Global Services
With your phone and global roaming service from Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service, you can make
phone calls and use wireless data services around the globe on compatible CDMA and GSM/UMTS
networks. For a country-specific travel guide, select your phone and destination from sprint.com/traveltips.
Set the Communications Method for
Global Use
Select a communications method for an overseas carrier as needed.
1. From home, tap Apps > Sett
ings > Mobile networks .
2. Tap Network mode > CDMA / LTE/CDMA / GSM/UMTS / Automatic.
The
communications method is set.
At the time of purchase, your phone’s default mode of Automatic is set. This allows global
usage and normally will not need to be changed.
Select a Carrier
You can select a specific local carrier to use when traveling internationally. At the time of purchase, your
phone is preset to connect automatically to an appropriate carrier in your current area.
1. From home, tap Apps > Sett
ings > Mobile networks .
2. Tap Network operators.
3. Tap an available network.
The selected carrier is set.
To select automatically to an appropriate carrier (default), tap Choose automatically.
To search for all available networks, tap Search networks.
Global Services 209
Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your
Account
Before using your phone in global roaming mode, you must activate Sprint Worldwide service.
To activate Sprint Worldwide service:
■ Chat
with or email an international support rep by visiting sprint.com/swwsupport.
– or –
Call Sprint Worldwide Customer support at 1-888-226-7212.
Your Phone’s SIM Card for International
GSM Roaming
Your phone comes with a preinstalled SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card to support roaming on
compatible GSM networks.
Note: Your SIM card should be preinstalled. If you need to reinstall your SIM card, follow the instructions
below.
Note: The SIM included contains information specific to your phone and should be retained with the
phone for use on GSM networks.
Insert a SIM Card
Follow these instructions to insert a SIM card. Remember to power off your phone before inserting a SIM
card.
1. Insert the removal tool into the hole on the SIM tray, and push until the tray pops out.
2. Place the SIM card on the tray, and slide the tray back into the slot.
Global Services 210
MOBILE
NETWORKS
Roaming
N
etwork
mode
Pl'
e
fi
re-<11
1w,
1<.mo!M
A,,rtc
Access
Poi
nt
Names
I
·•••
...
A 100t.l 1
HSP
M
Caution: Make sure that the card’s gold contacts face down into the device and that the card is
positioned as shown.
Enable Global Roaming Mode
Your phone is designed to enter global roaming mode automatically when you activate your Sprint
Worldwide service, meaning that it should automatically connect to an appropriate CDMA/LTE network or
GSM/UMTS network when you travel. You may set global roaming options through the settings menu.
You may also need to set your network mode options through the settings menu. See Mobile Networks
Settings.
To s
et your roaming options manually:
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Mobile networks .
2. Tap Dat
a Roaming.
Global Services 211
'"""
(
ROAMING
Roaming networi(
"iJI
1W<
1<
Roaming guard
Voice
Data
IHTERNAT!OffAL
Voice
Data
'"""
(
ROAMING
Roaming
network
SI
~toan>ingM'lworl<
Roaming guard
DOMUnt
Voice
Data
INT£RNAnotw..
Voice
Data
~ 1
00"4
1 l
HSPM
«
«
:.. 1
00"4
1
lHSPM
«
•
•
3. Tap Roaming network.
4. Tap Home only or Automatic.
The selected roaming method is set.
5. Tap Roaming guard.
6. Select roaming guard options for each category.
The selected options are set.
Global Services
212
•
Make and Receive Worldwide Calls
When travelling on international networks, you can place and answer calls as you would on the Sprint
network (see Place and Answer Calls), although some additional instructions may be required to place a
call. Some features and services are not available in all countries. For more information on services that
are available while roaming, visit sprint.com/sww.
Make Calls Using Plus (+) Code Dialing
Placing calls from one country to another country is simple with the Plus (+) Code Dialing feature. When
placing international calls, you can use Plus Code Dialing to enter the appropriate international access
code for your location (for example, 011 for international calls placed from the United States).
Note: Plus Code Dialing is only available when roaming internationally on GSM networks and on certain
CDMA networks in the United States, Canada, and the Caribbean.
Note: International access codes and dialing information are available online at sprint.com/sww.
To us
e Plus Code Dialing to place an international call:
1. From home, tap Phone
> Key
pad to display the phone screen.
2. If you are on the GSM network, touch and hold 0 to insert a “+” on the dialer screen. (The
“+” symbol automatically inserts the international access code for the country from which you are
calling.)
3. If y
ou are on the CDMA network outside Canada or the Caribbean, enter the international access
code for the country from which you are calling.
4.
Tap 1
to insert the US country code, and then enter the area code and number.
5. T
ap to place the call.
Sprint International Voicemail Service
Your Sprint voicemail will follow you as you travel. All of your unanswered calls will be forwarded to your
Sprint voicemail. You will need to be sure your voicemail box is already set up and that you know your
voicemail password.
Note: Sprint voicemail may not be available on all networks; check sprint.com/sww for service
information.
Global Services 213
r
-=
0
•
International Voicemail Troubleshooting
There are a few tips to keep in mind when using Sprint voicemail while traveling.
● Some carriers may not support voicemail indicators. It may be necessary to call your voicemail to
see if you have any new messages.
● If you hear the message “Please enter the number of the subscriber you want to call,” enter your
10-digit wireless phone number.
Set Up Your Voicemail Access Number for
International Use
To simplify accessing your Sprint Voicemail while traveling, you can set up your voicemail access number
as a Contacts entry. This will make it faster and easier to access your messages while roaming
internationally.
1. From home, tap App
s
> Contacts .
2. Tap Add contact to add a contact.
If you h
ave accounts set up on your phone, tap a storage account.
3. Enter a name for the new contact, for example, “Voicemail”.
4. Touch and hold 0
, and then tap 1 (+1),
your area code, and your wireless phone
number.
5. Tap Sav
e.
Access Your Voicemail Internationally
You will need to call your voicemail number to access your voicemail while roaming internationally.
New Message Indicators
Your voicemail message indicators may be displayed differently when roaming internationally.
● A “Message Waiting” indicator icon or a t
ext message is displayed when a voicemail message is
received.
● Y
ou may see “Missed Call” on your screen prior to receiving a message notification.
● You must call voicemail in order to retrieve messages. Follow the instructions on the previous
page to store your voicemail number for easy access.
Global Services 214
1··· e
Retrieve Voicemail Messages
The voicemail retrieval process while travelling is the same as on the Sprint Network; however, you will be
required to enter your voicemail password.
To retrieve your voicemail messages:
1. From home, tap Phone
> Contacts tab, tap the voicemail entry and then tap the number to
call it.
2. When your voicemail answers, tap * , enter the password, and tap # to access your
vo
icemail.
International Data Roaming
Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service can also keep you connected via email and Web browsing when
traveling in countries in which Sprint offers data service.
Data services are available on both CDMA and GSM/UMTS networks. Check sprint.com/traveltips and
sprint.com/sww to determine the services available where you are traveling.
Note: Prior to using your Sprint Worldwide GSM/UMTS Data Services, you must establish and utilize your
CDMA data services domestically on the Sprint Network.
Get Started with Sprint Worldwide Data Services
To use Sprint Worldwide Data Services, you will need to have these services activated on your account.
■ To activate, call Sprint Worldwide Customer Support at 1-888-226-7212. Representatives are
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week to assist you.
Access Email and Data Services Internationally
To access your email and browse the Web when traveling, you may need to manually select the carrier
that provides Sprint service in your location. You can find a list of carriers for each country where GSM
data service is offered at sprint.com/sww. Then, follow the instructions below to select the appropriate
carrier network on your phone.
Access International Data Services on GSM/UMTS Networks
To select a GSM data service carrier for a specific country:
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings > Connections > Mobile networks.
2. Tap Roaming, and then tap the Data On/Off switch below International to enable data roaming.
Global Services 215
'-
Access Email and Data Services on Internationally on CDMA Networks
If data service is available on an international CDMA network, then you only need to set the phone to
CDMA; you will not need to select the specific carrier. Selecting a specific carrier is only necessary for
providers on the GSM network. If your phone has automatically selected a GSM network while traveling,
then you will need to set the phone to CDMA to access CDMA data services. (See Enable Global
Roaming Mode.) Visit sprint.com/sww for a list of services available in each country.
Contact Sprint for Assistance with
International Service
If you experience any issues with voice or data services while outside of the United States, Sprint offers
customer support 24 hours a day. In the event that you do experience an issue, try the following actions:
● First try powering your phone off and then back on; this will force your phone to reregister with the
network.
● Try manually selecting another network. Information for selecting networks can be found in the
phone guide.
If neither of these actions resolves your issue, you will need to contact customer service (see below).
When calling to report an issue, the following information will be beneficial in trying to resolve your issue
as quickly as possible:
● Your wireless phone number.
● The city and country you are travelling in.
● Any error message that displays on your phone or that you heard when trying to place a call.
● If the issue is with data, were you able to place voice calls?
● If the issue is with voice service, were you able to access data?
Please call the numbers below if you need assistance:
While in the United States: Call 1-888-226-7212.
While traveling outside the United States:
● In G
SM mode: Touch and hold 0 , an
d then dial 1-817-698-4199.
●
In CDM
A mode: Enter the country code, and then dial 1-817-698-4199.
There is no charge for this call from your wireless phone.
Gl
obal Services 216
From a landline phone when outside the United States:
Sprint Worldwide Customer Support can be reached from a landline phone at 1-817-698-4199. Access or
connection fees may apply. The toll free numbers below can also be used to contact Sprint Worldwide
Customer Support in the following countries:
Country
From Landline Phone
Canada
1-866-805-9890
Caribbean (Anguilla, Barbados,
Cayman Islands, and Dominica)
1-888-226-7212
France
0800-903200
Germany
0800-180-0951
Italy
800-787-986
Mexico
001-877-294-9003
Trinidad and Tobago
1-800-201-7545
United Kingdom
0808-234-6616
Note: This toll free service is available on ordinary landline phones and some public pay phones. This
service does not cover any hotel access charges.
Global Services 217
Settings
The following topics introduce your phone’s basic settings menus and cover your phone’s Connections
settings options.
Basic Settings
From the home screen, tap Apps > Settings to access your phone’s settings menu.
The tabl
e below outlines the top-level settings categories.
Category
Description
Wi-Fi
Enable and set Wi-Fi options.
Bluetooth
Enable Bluetooth connections.
Phone visibility
Make your device visible to allow other devices to find it and share content.
Data usage
Check your phone’s data usage.
Airplane mode
Turn Airplane mode on or off.
NFC and payment
Enable Near-Field Communication (NFC) functions, including Tap and pay
services.
Mobile networks
View and configure your mobile network connections and settings.
Location
Select the method used to estimate your location. You can also view the
apps that have requested your location and review their history logs.
More connection
settings
Set wireless and network functions, including scanning for nearby devices,
using printing services, using MirrorLink, and setting up a Virtual Private
Network (VPN).
Wi-Fi calling
Enable and set Wi-Fi calling options.
Hotspot and tethering
Use the Mobile Hotspot feature and tethering feature to share your phone’s
data connection with other devices using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or USB
connection.
Sounds and vibrations
Configure ringtone and vibration settings.
Notifications
Select which apps can send you alerts, notifications, sounds, and vibrations.
Settings 218
Category
Description
Display
Set display features, font, brightness, and more.
Wallpapers and themes
Set wallpaper for the home and lock screens, and select visual themes for
your phone.
Advanced features
Configure features for playing games, using the phone with one hand,
screen capture gestures, and more.
Device maintenance
See an overview of the status of your device’s battery, storage, RAM, and
performance mode.
Apps
Manage default apps, default apps, and system processes.
Lock screen and
security
Set your phone’s lock screen options. Set security features such as device
administrators, encryption, and trusted credentials.
Cloud and accounts
Set up and manage accounts, back up and sync your data, and transfer
content from old devices.
Google
Configure your device’s Google settings.
Accessibility
Set accessibility options such as screen magnification, hearing aid
compatibility, and more.
General management
Configure your phone’s language and input options, set the date and time,
reset your phone, and report diagnostic information.
System updates
Update your system’s software, PRL, and Profile.
Help
View tips and guidelines for using your phone.
About device
View device status, legal information, and hardware information about your
phone.
Activate this device
Activate your device.
Settings 219
1··· 0
r
···
0
Access Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
The
settings menu opens.
2. Select categories and then select your settings options.
Settings are made and applied.
Tip: You can also access settings from the notification panel. Pull down the status bar and tap
Settings
.
Wi-Fi Settings Menu
The Wi-Fi settings menu lets you turn Wi-Fi on or off, set up and connect to available Wi-Fi networks, and
configure advanced Wi-Fi options.
For more information about Wi-Fi settings, see Wi-Fi.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Wi-Fi.
The Wi-Fi settings menu appears.
3. Tap On/Off to turn Wi-Fi on.
Wi-Fi is enabled. You will see the names and security settings of in-range Wi-Fi networks.
To disable Wi-Fi, tap On/Off again.
4. Tap a Wi-Fi network, enter the password, and tap Connect.
Your phone is connected to the selected Wi-Fi network.
5. Configure your Wi-Fi settings.
Your Wi-Fi settings changes are saved.
The password, for a household wireless LAN router, is sometimes found on a sticker on the
router (WEP, WPA, KEY, etc.). Contact the router manufacturer for information. For the
password for a public wireless LAN, check with user's service provider.
Entering a password is not required if an access point is not security protected.
Settings 220
Connect to a Wi-Fi Network via WPS
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) is a network security standard that allows you to easily secure a wireless
network connection between your phone and a router.
To connect using a WPS button:
1. From Wi-Fi settings, tap Advanced > WPS push button.
2. Press the WPS button on your router.
3.
Fol
low the prompts to complete the connection.
To connect using a Personal Identification Number (PIN):
1. F
rom Wi-Fi settings, tap Advanced > WPS PIN entry.
2. Enter the PIN displayed on your router.
3. Follow the prompts to complete the connection.
Smart Network Switch
Smart network switch lets your phone automatically switch to the wireless network data connection when
the current Wi-Fi connection is unstable.
1. From the Wi-Fi settings menu, tap Advanced > Smart network switch.
2. Tap On/Off to enable the feature.
Advanced Wi-Fi Settings
The advanced Wi-Fi settings menu lets you set up and manage wireless access points.
■ From the Wi-Fi menu, tap Advanced to access Wi-Fi settings:
Smart network switch: Connect automatically to a mobile network connection when the Wi-
Fi connection is unstable.
Network notification: Receive notifications when open networks in range are detected.
Hotspot 2.0: Automatically connect to Wi-Fi access points that support Hotspot 2.0.
Manage networks: Manage your saved Wi-Fi networks.
WPS push button: Set up a connection to a WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) router or other
equipment.
WPS PIN entry: View the PIN used by your device to set up a PIN-secured connection to a
Wi-Fi router or other equipment (not configurable).
Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep: Specify when to disconnect from Wi-Fi.
Settings 221
I
.••
...
e
•
•
•
Install network certificates: Install authentication certificates.
Wi-Fi control history: View which apps have turned Wi-Fi on or off most recently.
MAC address: View your device’s MAC address, which is required when connecting to some
secured networks (not configurable).
IP address: View your device’s IP address (not configurable).
Bluetooth Settings
Your phone’s Bluetooth capabilities let you use wireless headsets, send and receive pictures and files,
and more. For details on your phone’s Bluetooth usage, see Bluetooth.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. T
ap Bluetooth.
The Bluetooth settings open.
Bluetooth Settings Operations
● Enable Bluetooth: From Bluetooth settings, tap On/Off.
When enabled, confirmation appears for your phone to be discoverable by other devices.
Follow the prompts.
● Change your phone name: Fr
om Bluetooth settings, tap More options
> Rename device,
enter a new name, and tap Done.
Thi
s changes the name of your phone as seen by other devices.
● Pairing Bluetooth devices: Make sure the other devices are set to be discovered. From
Bluetooth settings, tap the device name in “Available devices” and follow the prompts.
Depending on the device, you may be required to enter or accept a passkey.
If the target device does not appear, tap Scan to search again.
This setting is available when Bluetooth is enabled.
● Change the name of a paired device: From Bluetooth settings, tap Settings
next to a paired
device name, tap Rename, enter a new name, and tap OK.
Emoji cannot be used in a device name.
This setting is available when Bluetooth is enabled.
Settings 222
r
•••
...
e
I
•
••
...
e
@
@
•
•
•
● Canceling pairing: From Bluetooth settings, tap Settings next to a paired device name, and
then tap Unpair.
Thi
s setting is available when Bluetooth is enabled.
● Enable service from paired device: Fr
om Bluetooth settings, tap Settings
next to a paired
device name, and then tap the listing under Profiles.
If a
confirmation prompt appears, follow the prompts.
This setting is available when Bluetooth is enabled.
This setting is available when the paired device is providing a service.
Tap the setting to toggle On/Off.
● Search for other devices: From Bluetooth settings, tap Scan.
This setting is available when Bluetooth is enabled.
● Check files received using Bluetooth transfer: Fr
om Bluetooth settings, tap More options
>
Received files, and then follow the prompts.
Phone Visibility
Make your device visible to allow other devices to find it and share content.
1. From home, tap A
pps > Settings > Connections .
2. T
ap Phone visibility.
3. Tap On/Off to turn on visibility.
Data Usage Settings
The data usage menu lets you view your phone’s mobile and Wi-Fi data usage, set data limits, restrict
hotspot usage, and more.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Data usage.
The data usage window opens.
3. Data usage settings operations:
Usage: View mobile data usage for the current billing cycle.
Data saver: Reduce data usage by preventing some apps from sending or receiving data in
the background, or by reducing the frequency of data access by apps in use.
Settings 223
•
r
···
Mobile data: Enable or disable mobile data.
Alert me about data usage: Receive an alert when your mobile data usage reaches the
amount you selected.
Mobile data usage: Tap the drop-down menu, and then choose a time period for data usage.
Data usage for the period is displayed on the graph, along with usage by application at the
bottom of the screen.
Bill cycle: Set mobile data usage warnings and limits during your billing cycle.
Wi-Fi data usage: Display your Wi-Fi data usage.
Restrict networks: Select Wi-Fi networks that are mobile hotspots. You can restrict apps
from using these networks, and you can configure apps to warn you before using these
networks for large downloads.
4.
Tap
More options
> Help
to view help topics for data
usage.
•
•
Airplane Mode
When you enable Airplane mode, your phone disconnects from all networks, meaning you cannot make
calls, send or receive messages, or access the Internet. It also turns off other connectivity features, such
as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth.
While in airplane mode, you can use other features of your phone, such as playing music, watching
videos, or using other applications.
To use Wi-Fi and Bluetooth after enabling Airplane mode, turn them on either in Settings or on the
notification panel.
1. From home, tap A
pps
> Settings > Connections > Airplane mode.
2. T
ap On/Off to enable Airplane mode.
Note: You can also enable or disable Airplane Mode through the notification panel quick settings (drag
down the status bar and tap Airplane mode > Turn on).
Settings 224
r
•••
...
r
···
NFC and Payment
NFC and payment uses the Near-Field Communication (NFC) feature of your phone. You can send
information using NFC, including payment through mobile payment services at businesses that support
this function.
Access NFC and Payment
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap NFC and payment.
3. Tap settings to configure them.
Your settings are saved and implemented.
Enable NFC and Android Beam
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap NFC and
payment.
3. Tap On/Off to enable NFC.
4. Tap Android Beam, and then tap On/Off to enable Android Beam.
NFC and Android Beam are enabled.
Tap and Pay
With your phone and a payment app (such as Samsung Pay), you can use your phone to pay for items by
tapping it to an item at the point-of-purchase. You must have a payment app set up on your phone to use
it with Tap and Pay.
Note: Tap and Pay payment apps may be downloaded from Google Play store. See Google Play Store.
1. F
rom home, tap Ap
ps
> Settings > Connections .
2. Tap NFC and payment.
3. Tap Tap and pay.
Tap and pay payment apps you have installed are display.
Available options depend on the payment app(s) you have set up on your phone.
Settings 225
Mobile Networks Settings
The Mobile networks settings menu allows you to configure your mobile network connections.
Set options for network selection and data service.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections > Mobile networks.
2. Configure
options:
Roaming: When you are outside your home network area, your phone can still connect to
other networks that your provider supports using roaming. There may be additional costs for
accessing networks while roaming, so you may want to control your phone’s roaming
behavior with Roaming settings.
• Roaming network: Select a roaming default. Choose Home only, to only connect to the
Sprint network, or Automatic to allow connections to Sprint’s partner networks, when
available.
• Roaming guard: Choose options for displaying an onscreen roaming notice for certain
functions. Enable or disable roaming notices for Voice and Data for Domestic use, Voice,
Data and Outgoing text message for International networks, and Voice, Data and
Outgoing text message for GSM networks (if supported by your phone).
• Roaming settings: Enable or disable roaming options, including Voice and Data for
Domestic and International networks, and Data for GSM networks (if supported by your
phone).
Network mode: Choose a preferred network mode. Available options depend on your
phone’s features, but may include: CDMA, LTE / CDMA, GSM / UMTS, and Automatic (the
recommended setting).
Access Point Names: View, configure, and add access point names (APNs) for your
phone’s data connection.
Network operators: View mobile network operator information for international GSM
networks.
Settings 226
r
···
D'
D'
r···
Location
Some apps, such as Google Maps, may require one or more location services be turned on for full
functionality.
Locating Method
Before using any features that require location assistance, you must enable your device’s location
services.
1. From home, tap App
s > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Loca
tion.
3. Tap On/Off to turn on Location services.
4. Tap Locating method to select how your location is determined:
High accuracy: Use GPS, Wi-Fi, and mobile networks.
Battery saving: Use Wi-Fi and mobile networks (no GPS).
Device only: Use GPS only.
5. Tap Improve accuracy to use other connections for determining your location:
Wi-Fi scanning: Allow apps and services to scan for Wi-Fi networks automatically, even
when Wi-Fi is turned off.
Bluetooth scanning: Allow apps to scan for and connect to nearby devices automatically
through Bluetooth, even when Bluetooth is turned off.
Recent Location Requests
Apps that have requested your location are listed under Recent location requests.
1. From home, tap App
s > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Loca
tion.
3. Tap On/Off to turn on Location services.
4. Tap an entry under Recent location requests to view the app’s settings.
Settings 227
g
~
g
~
Location Services
Google uses Location History to store and use your device’s most recent location data. Google apps,
such as Google Maps, can use this data to improve your search results based on places that you have
visited.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Connections .
2. Tap Location.
3. Tap On/Off to turn on Location services.
4. Tap Google location history and sign in to your Google Account for more options.
More Connection Settings
The more connection settings menu provides access to additional connection options, such as Nearby
device scanning, Printing, MirrorLink, and VPN.
More Connection Settings Options
Setting
Description
Nearby device scanning
Scan for and connect to nearby devices.
Printing
Set up printers to print from your phone.
MirrorLink
Mirror your phone’s display on your car’s entertainment and information
screen using a USB connection.
VPN
Add a Virtual Private Network (VPN)
Access More Connection Settings Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections .
2. Tap More connection settings.
3. Set items.
Your settings are saved and implemented.
Settings 228
•
•
•
•
•
•
r
···
+
Nearby Device Scanning
Scan for and connect to nearby devices. You will receive notifications when there are available divides to
connect to.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections > More connection settings.
2. Tap Nearby device scanning.
The Nearby device scanning screen displays.
3. Tap On/Off to enable the feature.
Printing
You can print from your phone, via Wi-Fi, to an optional compatible printer (not included). Your phone and
the optional printer must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network.
Add a Printer
Before you can print to a printer, you must add and set it up on your phone. You will need to know the IP
address of the printer; consult the printer’s documentation for this information.
1. From home, tap App
s > Settings > Connections > More connection settings.
2. Tap Pr
inting.
The Printing settings screen displays.
3. From the Printing settings screen, tap Download plug-in.
4. Follow the prompts to download and install a print driver from the Google Play store.
5. Choose a print service from the list, and then tap On/Off to turn the service on or off. The service
must be on to add a printer.
6. Tap More options
> Add printer > Add printer (or
, depending
on the
plug-in), and then
enter a name and
the
IP
address of the printer.
Set Up a Printer
Add a printer to a print service and configure settings.
Note: Below settings are examples only. Available settings will differ depending on the type of print
service and printer you are using.
1. From the Printing settings screen, select a print service from the list.
2. Tap On/Off to turn the service on. The service must be on to add a printer.
3. Tap More options
> Add printer and follow the prompts to add a printer.
Settings 229
•
•
•
I
r.::'\
1::: J
~
l
g ....
.
.:::J
4. Tap More options > Printing settings to configure printer options. Available options may vary
depending on the type of printer, and not all printers support all options.
MirrorLink
Mirror your phone’s display on your car’s entertainment and information screen using a USB connection.
To use this feature, your car system must support MirrorLink.
To turn on MirrorLink:
1. Connect your phone to your car’s system using the USB cable.
2. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings > Connections > More connection settings.
3. Tap M
irrorLink.
4. Tap Connect to vehicle via USB.
Virtual Private Networks (VPN)
From your phone, you can add, set up, and manage virtual private networks (VPNs) that allow you to
connect and access resources inside a secured local network, such as your corporate network.
Prepare Your Phone for VPN Connection
Depending on the type of VPN you are using at work, you may be required to enter your login credentials
or install security certificates before you can connect to your company’s local network. You can get this
information from your network administrator.
Before you can initiate a VPN connection, your phone must first establish a Wi-Fi or data connection. For
information about setting up and using these connections on your phone, see Browser and Turn Wi-Fi On
and Connect to a Wireless Network.
Set Up Secure Credential Storage
If your network administrator instructs you to download and install security certificates, you must first set
up the phone’s secure credential storage before setting up a VPN.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Lock screen and security .
2. Tap Scr
een lock type > Pattern, PIN, Password, or Fingerprints.
3. Enter a new password (at least eight characters without any spaces) for the credential storage,
scroll down and confirm the password, and then tap OK.
The password is set, allowing secure credential storage.
4. Tap Back
to r
eturn to the main settings menu, and then tap Other security settings.
5. Swipe down to View security certificates, User certificates, or Install from device storage,
and then tap your preferred system and user credentials.
Your secure credentials storage is set.
Settings 230
1
•••
r
···
e
You can then download and install the certificates needed to access your local network. Your network
administrator can tell you how to do this.
Add a VPN Connection
Use the VPN settings menu to add a VPN connection to your phone.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Connections > More connection settings.
2. Tap VPN.
The VPN settings window appears.
3. Tap Add VPN, and then enter the information for the VPN you want to add.
Information may include Name, Type, Server address, PPP encryption (MPPE), and
advanced options.
Set up all options according to the security details you have obtained from your network
administrator.
4. Tap Save.
Your VPN is added to the VPNs section of the VPN settings window.
Connect to or Disconnect from a VPN
Once you have set up a VPN connection, connecting and disconnecting from the VPN is easy.
To acces
s the VPN settings window:
1. From
home, tap Apps > Setting
s > Connections > More connection settings.
2. Tap VPN.
The VPN settings window appears.
Connect to a VPN
1. From the VPNs section of the VPN setting window, tap the VPN that you want to connect to.
2. When prompted, enter your login credentials, and then tap Connect.
You will connect to the selected VPN.
When you are connected, a VPN connected icon appears in the notification area.
3. Open the Web browser to access resources such as intranet sites on your corporate network.
Settings 231
y
>)
(<
Disconnect from a VPN
1. Pull down the status bar to open the notification panel.
2. Tap the VPN connection to return to the VPN settings window.
3. Tap the VPN connection to disconnect from it.
Your phone disconnects from the VPN.
When your phone has disconnected from the VPN, you will see a VPN disconnected icon in
the notification area of the status bar.
Wi-Fi Calling Settings
The Wi-Fi Calling settings menu lets you set your Wi-Fi Calling options, including updating your 9-1-1
information. For information about setting up Wi-Fi Calling, see Wi-Fi Calling.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Wi-Fi Calling .
2. Follo
w the prompts to change your Wi-Fi Calling settings.
When Wi-Fi Calling is set up, you will see Wi-Fi call
ing enabled
in the status bar when
Wi-Fi Calling is active, or Wi-Fi calling disabled if it is set up but you are not currently
connected to a Wi-Fi network.
Tip: For more information about Wi-Fi Calling, visit this FAQ link at sprint.com/support.
Hotspot and Tethering Settings
Use Mobile hotspot and tethering to share your device’s Internet connection with other devices.
For more information, see Hotspot.
Hotspot Settings
Use Hotspot to share your device’s Internet connection with other devices
1. From home, tap Apps > S
ettings .
2. Tap Hotspot
and Tethering > Hotspot.
The Hotspot window opens.
3. Tap On/Off to turn Hotspot on.
Hotspot is enabled.
To disable Hotspot, tap On/Off again.
Settings 232
y
))
((
•
•
•
e
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Advanced Hotspot Settings
The hotspot settings menu lets you configure advanced options.
● Set Network SSID: Fr
om the Hotspot window, tap More options > Configure Hotspot >
Network name, enter a name for your hotspot, and then tap Save.
● Hide your Hotspot: From the Hotspot window, tap More options > Configure Hotspot > Hide
my device to make your Mobile hotspot invisible to other Wi-Fi devices during a scan. When
hidden, other devices can still connect to your Mobile hotspot, but have to set up the connection
manually with your Network SSID and Password.
● Set Ho
tspot security: From the Hotspot window, tap More options
> Configure Hotspot >
Sec
urity, select a security settings option, and then tap Save.
● Set Hotspot password: From the Hotspot window, tap More options
> Configure Hotspot >
Pas
sword, enter a password, and then tap Save.
● Set al
lowed devices: To select which devices are allowed to connect to the Hotspot, in the
Hotspot window, tap More options
> Allowed devices > Ad
d, enter a device name and MAC
address, and then tap Add.
To rem
ove allowed devices, tap Delete.
● Set Hotspot Timeout Settings: From the Hotspot window, tap More options
> Timeout
set
tings, select an option, and tap OK.
IP Add
ress appears below “IP Address”.
Tethering Settings
Use Tethering to share your device’s Internet connection with a computer that connects to your device via
USB cable or by Bluetooth.
For more information, see Tethering.
No
te: Using the tethering feature consumes battery power and uses data services.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings .
2. Tap Hotspot and Tethering .
3. Choose an option:
Bluetooth tethering: Pair your device with the computer via Bluetooth. Consult the
computer’s documentation for more information about configuring your computer to pair using
Bluetooth. Tap Bluetooth tethering to turn tethering on.
USB tethering: Connect the computer to your phone via USB cable, and then tap
USB tethering to turn tethering on.
Settings 233
Device Settings
The following topics outline the device settings options available on your phone, including sounds,
display, gestures, applications, and more.
Sounds and Vibration Settings
The sounds and vibration settings menu lets you control your phone’s audio and vibration.
Sounds and Vibration Settings Overview
The sounds and vibration settings menu allows you to configure the following options:
Sound Setting
Description
Sound mode
Set the sound mode for the phone.
● Sound: Your phone uses the sounds, vibrations, and volume
levels you have chosen in Sound settings for notifications and
alerts.
●
Vibrate: Your phone vibrates for notifications and alerts. This
uses the Vibration intensity you choose in Sound settings.
●
Mute: Your phone plays no sounds or vibrations. Onscreen
reminders will still occur.
Vibrate while ringing
Set your device to vibrate in addition to ringing when you receive a call.
Volume
Set volume for ringtones, media, system features, etc.
Vibration intensity
Set the amount of vibration for incoming calls, notifications, and haptic
feedback.
Ringtone
Set your ringtones and notification sounds for your phone, apps, keypad,
and other features.
Vibration pattern
Choose from preset vibration patterns or create your own pattern.
Notification sounds
Choose a sound for notifications, such as for new messages and event
reminders.
Do not disturb
Configure the Do not disturb feature to mute calls and alerts at will or on a
schedule, as well as set exceptions.
Device Settings 234
Sound Setting
Description
Touch sounds
Play tones when you touch or tap the screen to make selections.
Screen lock sounds
Play sounds when locking or unlocking the screen.
Emergency tone
Set emergency tones to Alert, Vibrate, or Silent.
Charging sound
Play a sound when a charger is connected.
Vibration feedback
Set the phone to vibrate when the Back key or Recent apps key are
tapped, and for other actions.
Dialing keypad tone
Play tone when the dialing keypad is tapped.
Keyboard sound
Play a sound when the Samsung keyboard is tapped.
Keyboard vibration
Set the phone to vibrate when the Samsung keyboard is tapped.
Sound quality and effects
Set sound quality and sound effects for your phone.
Access Sound Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Soun
ds and vibration .
3. Set your s
ound and vibration options.
Your sound and vibration settings are saved and applied.
Sound Mode
You can switch between sound modes, while preserving the individual sound settings you have made.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap Soun
d mode, and then choose a mode:
Sound: Your phone uses the sounds, vibrations, and volume levels you have chosen in
Sound settings for notifications and alerts.
Vibrate: Your phone vibrates for notifications and alerts. This uses the Vibration intensity you
choose in Sound settings.
Mute: Your phone plays no sounds or vibrations. Onscreen reminders will still occur.
Device Settings 235
1
:::
e
)
I
"·
<])
<]))
<])
C:)
1··· e
)
Vibrate While Ringing
Set the phone to vibrate while ringing.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap On/Off next to Vibrate while ringing to enable the feature.
Volume
Set the system volume level, and set default volume for call ringtones, notifications, and other media.
Note: You can also set System volume from the home screen by pressing the Volume key.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap S
ounds and vibration .
3. Tap Volume and then drag the sliders to set the default volume for:
Ringtone
Media
Notifications
System
Vibration Intensity
Set the vibration intensity for incoming calls, notifications, and vibration feedback.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap Vibration intensity.
4. Use the sliders to set the intensity of vibration for:
Incoming call: The phone vibrates when receiving an incoming call.
Notifications: The phone vibrates when receiving notifications.
Vibration feedback: The phone vibrates when soft keys are tapped and for certain software
actions.
Device Settings 236
I
·.
•••
:::
-
I
·
•••
:::
e
e
+
e
Ringtones and Sounds
Choose a ringtone for incoming calls.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap Ringtone to select a default ringtone.
Add a Ringtone
When you select a ringtone, you can add a custom ringtone.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings .
2. Tap S
ounds and vibration .
3. Tap Ringtone, s
croll to the bottom of the list, and then tap Add from device storage .
4. S
elect a source for the ringtone.
You will see a list of compatible songs or audio files. To load music on your phone, see
Transfer Files between Your Phone and a Computer.
5. Tap
a song to hear a preview, and then tap Done to save it as a ringtone.
The new ringtone is saved to the list and will be available to be assigned as a default ringtone
or as a ringtone for individual contacts, groups, etc.
Tip: When choosing music for a ringtone, select the Highlights only checkbox to allow the system to
select what part of the song to use. Clear the checkbox to play the song from the beginning.
Vibration Pattern
Choose a vibration pattern.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap Vibration pattern to select a default vibration pattern.
Device Settings 237
<]>)
1··· e
r
···
e
<]>)
r
···
e
<]>)
Notification Sounds
Set the default notification sound and notification sounds for apps such as Messages, Calendar, and
Email.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap Notification sounds to set options:
Default notification sound: Set the default sound for notifications.
Messages notifications: Set the default sound for new messages.
Calendar notifications: Set the default sound for calendar events.
Email notifications: Set the default sound for new email. (This option is only displayed if you
have an email account set up.)
Do Not Disturb
This setting allows you to block all notifications and alerts. The options below determine what notifications
can make sounds, and during what time periods you want to enter this mode.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3.
Tap Do not disturb to enable the feature.
Scheduling
This option allows you to turn Do not disturb mode on or off automatically at scheduled times.
Note: Scheduling is not available if Do not disturb mode has been turned on manually.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap Sounds and vibration > Do not disturb.
4. Tap Turn on as scheduled, and set the Days, Start time, and End time.
Device Settings 238
<]))
<])
r
···
e
r·
··
e
)
Allow Exceptions
This option lets you customize which notifications are allowed while your device is in Do not disturb mode.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings .
2. Tap So
unds and vibration .
3. Tap So
unds and vibration > Do not disturb.
4. Tap Allow exceptions, and then tap one of the following options:
• No exceptions: Allow no exceptions.
• Alarms only: Allow exceptions for alarms.
• Custom: Set your own exceptions.
System Sounds
Set various other system sound options.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. Tap On
/Off to enable each option:
Touch sounds: Play tones when you touch or tap the screen to make selections.
Screen lock sounds: Play a sound when you unlock the screen.
Emergency tone: Play a sound or vibrate for emergency alerts.
Charging sound: Play a sound when a charger is connected.
Vibration feedback: Vibrate when Back or Recent are tapped, and for other actions
Key-tap Feedback
Play tones when the dialing keypad or the keyboard is tapped.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap So
unds and vibration .
3. To On
/Off to enable each option:
Dialing keypad tone: Play a tone when the dialing keypad is tapped.
Keyboard sound: Play a sound when the Samsung keyboard is tapped.
Keyboard vibration: Vibrate when the Samsung keyboard is tapped.
Device Settings 239
'ml
<]l)
1::: I
Sound Quality and Effects
Select options for sound quality while headphones or compatible Bluetooth headsets or speakers are
connected.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Sounds and vibration .
3. T
ap Sound quality and effects.
4. Tap Equalizer and choose a setting, or tap Advanced or Basic to customize your sound
settings.
5. Tap On/Off to enable each option:
UHQ upscaler: Enhance the sound resolution of music and videos for a clearer listening
experience.
Surround: Recreate the effects of rich surround sound.
Tube Amp Pro: Simulate the soft timbre of a tube amplifier.
Concert hall: Simulate the reverb of a concert hall.
6. Tap Adapt sound and follow the prompts to customize your sound settings.
Note: Sound effects are only available while headphones or a compatible Bluetooth headset is
connected.
Notifications Settings
The following topics cover your phone’s Notifications settings options.
Access Connection Settings
1. From the home screen, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Notifications .
3.
Tap On/Off next to an app to enable or disable notifications.
4. Tap Advanced to configure more notification options for individual apps.
Device Settings
240
Display Settings
Use the phone's display settings menu to adjust items such as wallpaper, brightness, screen timeout, and
more.
Display Settings Overview
The display settings menu allows you to configure the following options:
Display Setting
Description
Brightness
Set the display brightness.
Auto adjust brightness
Adjust the screen brightness automatically based on the lighting
conditions.
Blue light filter
Use Blue light filter at night to help you sleep better. You can set a
schedule to automatically turn this feature one and off.
Screen mode
Select a screen display mode to optimize it for the content being
displayed.
Screen resolution
Select a screen resolution.
Screen zoom and font
Set the screen zoom, font size, and font style for all text displayed on
the screen
Home screen
Customize your Home screen by adding application shortcuts, widgets,
folders, and using wallpapers.
Easy mode
Set your device to use Easy mode.
Icon frames
Display icons with a shaded background to make them stand out on the
Home screen and Apps screen.
LED indicator
Light up the LED indicator when charging, voice recording, or receiving
notifications.
Status bar
Determine which notifications appear on the status bar.
Screen timeout
Set a screen timeout duration.
Note: Longer durations discharge the battery more quickly
Screen saver
Select a screensaver to be displayed when the device is docked (dock
not included) or while charging.
Device Settings 241
Q
6
Q
6
Display Setting
Description
Keep screen turned off
Prevent the screen from turning on accidentally while the device is in a
dark place, such as a pocket or bag.
Access Display Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap Display .
3. Set y
our display options.
Your display settings are saved and applied.
Brightness
Adjust the screen brightness to suit your surroundings or personal preference. You may also want to
adjust screen brightness to conserve battery power.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Display .
2. Customize opti
ons under Brightness:
Drag the Brightness slider to set a custom brightness level.
Tap Auto adjust brightness to allow the device to adjust brightness automatically based on
the lighting conditions.
Note: You can also control Brightness from the Notification panel.
Blue Light Filter
Use Blue light filter at night to help you sleep better. It adjusts your screen color to reduce the amount of
blue light, helping your eyes to relax and making it easier for you to fall asleep. You can set a schedule to
automatically turn this feature one and off.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Display .
2. Tap Blue light f
ilter.
3. Tap On/Off to enable this feature.
When enabled, drag the Opacity slider to set the opacity of the filter.
Set a schedule for when Blue light filter should be enabled. You can choose Turn on now,
Sunset to sunrise, or Custom schedule.
Device Settings 242
r
I
· •••
...
1·
···
I
·
•••
...
e
e
e
Screen Mode
Choose a screen mode to match your type of viewing.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Screen mode.
3. Tap Adaptive display if you want your device to automatically optimize the display to match the
type of image displayed and other criteria, such as battery level.
– or –
Choose a specific type of screen mode based on what you are viewing.
Screen Resolution
Select a screen resolution
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Screen resolution.
3. Use the slider to change the screen resolution.
Screen Zoom and Font
You can set the screen zoom, font size, and font style for all text that is displayed on the screen.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap S
creen zoom and font.
Drag the Screen zoom slider to adjust screen zoom. The preview above it will adjust
accordingly.
Drag the Font size slider to adjust the font size.
Tap a font style to select a font, or tap Download fonts to find new fonts from Galaxy Apps.
3. Tap Apply to set the font size and style.
Device Settings 243
[
····
...
I
From home, tap Apps
> Setting
s > D
isplay .
Easy Mode
Icon
Frames
···
·
-=-
r···
I
·•••
From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
..
.
Home Screen Settings
Customize your Home screen by adding application shortcuts, widgets, folders, and using wallpapers.
To customize Home s
creen:
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Home screen.
Customize the Home Screen.For more information, see
Easy mode provides a simpler experience using your phone, with a simpler home screen layout and
simpler app interactions. If you are a first-time smartphone user, or just to want to simplify the operation of
your phone, you can turn on Easy mode at any time.
1.
2. Tap
Easy mode.
3. Select the apps
you want
to use from the Easy
applications list.
4. Tap
Done
to apply
your Easy mode settings.
Return to Standard Mode
You can use the Easy mode Settings menu to return to Standard mode.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Easy mode.
3. Tap Standard mode, and then tap Done.
You can show icons with a shaded background to make them stand out on the Home screen and
Apps list screen.
1.
2. Tap Icon frames.
3. Choose one of the following options:
Icons only: Show icons only.
Icons with frames: Show icons with shaded backgrounds.
4. Tap Done, and confirm when prompted.
Device Setti
ngs
244
•
•
•
r···
r
···
Edge Screen Settings
Manage the panels that display on the Edge screen, including your own custom panels, and set up night
mode.
F
or more details on using the Edge screen, see
Edg
e Screen.
To a
ccess Edge screen settings:
1. From home, tap A
pps
> Settings > Display .
2. Tap Edge screen. The following options are available:
Edge panels: Configure Edge for accessing apps, tasks, and contacts, as well as view news,
sports, and other information on the Edge screen.
Edge feeds: Configure Edge feeds, which display select information and notifications on the
Edge screen when the screen is turned off.
Edge lighting: Set the Edge screen to light up when you receive calls or notifications while
the phone is turned over. If People edge is also turned on, the color of the indicator depends
on your My people settings.
• Quick reply: Tap On/Off to enable this feature, which lets you reject an incoming call
and send a preset message to the caller by placing your finger on the heart rate sensor
and holding it in place for 2 seconds while the device is turned over.
About Edge screen: View the Edge screen version number, check for updates, and view
open source licenses.
Edge Panels Settings
Customize your Edge panels:
1. From home, tap A
pps > Settings > Display .
2. T
ap Edge screen.
3. Tap Edge panels.
4. Tap On/Off to enable the feature. The following options are available:
Checkbox
: E
nable or disable each panel.
Download: Search for and download more Edge panels from Galaxy Apps.
Edit (if available): Configure individual panels by tapping.
More options > Reorder: Change the order of the panels by dragging them to the left or
right.
Device Settings
245
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
More options > Handle settings: Drag Position to change the position of the Edge
panel handle along the edge of the screen, and then configure the following Edge panel
handle settings:
• Positio
n: Choose either Right or Left to set which side the Edge screen appears on.
• Size: Choose the size of the Edge screen handle. Drag the slider to change the size.
• Transparency: Drag the slider to adjust the transparency of the Edge screen handle.
• Vibration: Vibrate when the Edge panel handle is tapped.
5. Tap Back
to sa
ve changes.
Edge Feeds Settings
Edge feeds display select information and notifications on the Edge screen when the screen is turned off.
To con
figure the Edge feeds:
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Edg
e screen.
3. Tap Edge feeds.
4. Tap On/Off to activate the Edge feeds feature.
Checkbox
: Enable or disable each feed.
Download: S
earch for and download more Edge feeds from Galaxy Apps.
Edit (if available): Configure a feed.
More options > Edge feed timeout: Configure how long the Edge screen stays on when
activated.
More options > Reorder: Change the order of the feeds by dragging them to the left or
right.
5. Tap Back to save changes.
Device S
ettings 246
r
···
l
...
...
Edge Lighting Settings
Edge lighting and Quick reply are features that activate when your device is turned over (display side
down).
Edge lighting illuminates the Edge screen when a notification is received. If People edge is also on, the
color of the indicator is the one assigned to the contact who is calling or messaging.
To turn on Edge lighting:
1. From home, tap App
s
> Settings > Display .
2. Tap Edge screen.
3. Tap Edge lighting.
4. Tap On/Off to turn on the feature.
5. Tap Back
to sa
ve changes.
Quick Reply Settings
Quick reply allows you to reject an incoming phone call with a text message by placing your finger on the
heart rate sensor for two seconds. The call is rejected, and a preset message is sent to the caller.
To turn on and configure Quick reply:
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Display .
2. Tap Edg
e screen.
3. Tap Edge lighting > Quick reply.
4. Tap On/Off to enable Quick reply.
5. Tap the message to edit the text reply.
6. Tap Back
to save changes.
About Edge Screen
You can view the current software version and license information for the Edge screen feature.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Edge screen.
3. Tap About Edge screen.
Device Settings 247
[
...
...
-
1 • ••
r···
Night Clock
Set up a clock that displays on the Edge screen when the screen is off. Night mode is available for a
maximum of 12 hours.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Night clock.
3. Tap On/Off to enable the Night clock feature.
Tap Start to set the time for the Night clock to activate.
Tap End to set the time for the Night clock to deactivate.
Tap Night clock position to position the Night clock on the Right side or the Left side.
LED Indicator
Light up the LED indicator when charging, voice recording, or receiving notifications.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap L
ED indicator to turn the feature on or off.
Status Bar Settings
You can determine which notifications appear on the status bar.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap S
tatus bar.
3. Tap On/Off to enable or disable the following options:
Show recent notifications only: Show only the three most recent notifications in the
status bar.
Show battery percentage: Show the battery charge percentage.
Screen Timeout
Turn the screen off after a set amount of time.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap S
creen timeout.
3. Choose a time period.
Device Settings 248
00
00
[
"·
r
···
Screen Saver
Screen saver controls what is displayed on the screen when the device is charging. You can choose to
display colors or photos.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Screen saver.
3. Tap On/Off to enable Screen saver.
4. Configure options:
Colors: Tap the selector to display a changing screen of colors.
Photo Table: Displ
ay pictures in a photo table. Tap Settings
for options.
Photo frame: Display pictures in a photo frame. Tap Settings for options.
Photos: Display pictures from your Google Photos
™
account. Tap Settings for options.
Preview:
See a demonstration of Screen saver.
Keep Screen Turned Off
Prevent the screen from turning on accidentally while the device is in a dark place, such as a pocket or
bag.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Display .
2. Tap Keep scr
een turned off to enable this feature.
Applications Settings
View information and configure settings for all apps on your phone.
Access Applications Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Apps .
2. Tap on
an app to view and configure its settings.
Depending on the app and its location, you may be able to force the app closed, uninstall or
disable the app, clear cache and data, and more.
Device Settings 249
0
0
00
00
•
•
•
r
···
l
····
.
..
0
0
Applications Overview
You can download and install new applications on your device. Use Application settings to manage your
downloaded and preloaded applications.
Warning: Because this device can be configured with system software not provided by or supported by
Google or any other company, you operate this software at your own risk.
Application Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Apps .
2. If you have disabled applications:
Tap All apps at the top left of the screen.
Tap All app
s, Enabled, or Disabled.
3. Tap More options to c
onfigure the following:
Sort by size/name: Sort the apps by size or name.
Default applications: Choose or change apps that are used by default for certain features,
like email or browsing the Internet.
App permissions: Control which apps have permissions to use certain features of your
device.
Show/Hide system apps: Show or hide system (background) apps.
Special access: Optimize battery usage for individual apps, enable device administrator
apps, choose apps that can appear over other running apps, select which apps can change
system settings, and more.
Reset app preferences: Reset options that have been changed. Existing app data is not
deleted.
Note: Options vary by application.
Manage Apps
You can view and update information about an application, including memory usage, default settings, and
permissions.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Apps .
2. Tap an
application to view and update information about the application. The following options
are displayed:
Uninstall/Disable: Uninstall or disable the application. Preloaded apps can only be disabled.
Force stop: Stop an app that is misbehaving. Restart your device if stopping an app,
process, or service causes your device to stop working correctly.
Device Settings 250
r···
00
00
•
•
•
Mobile data: View mobile data usage.
Battery: View battery usage since the last full charge.
Storage: Manage the app’s storage usage.
Memory: View memory usage.
Notifications: Configure notifications from the app.
Permissions: View permissions granted to the app for access to your device’s information.
Set as default: Set the app as a default for a certain category of apps.
Default Applications
Set or clear default applications for certain built-in features of the phone.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings Apps > More options > Default apps.
2. Tap ea
ch default setting to see what services or applications are available to set as the default.
Browser app: Choose a default browser app.
Calling app: Choose a default calling app.
Messaging app: Choose a default messaging (text and multimedia) app.
Default app selection: Automatically set default apps or be asked before setting an app as
the default.
Set as default: Choose default apps for other functions.
Home screen: Choose a Home screen type.
Device assistance app: Choose an app that provides assistance for using your device.
Note: If you choose a default messaging app other than Messages (Google Hangouts
™
for example), you
will not be able to use the Messages app unless you restore it as the default messaging app.
Dev
ice Settings 251
Advanced Features
Configure features on your device that make it easier to use. For example, you can control certain device
actions by picking up the phone and by touching the screen with the palm of your hand or turning over the
device.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings .
2.
Tap Advanced features .
3. Conf
igure the following settings:
Smart Stay: Smart stay detects your face with the front camera so that the screen stays on
while you are looking at it.
Games: Manage useful features while you play games.
• Game Launcher: Automatically arranges all your games in one place.
• Game Tools: When enabled, a button floating over top of your game provides convenient
game features, such as No alerts during game, Minimize and alive, Screenshot, and
Record. Game tools can also access your Contacts, Storage, Microphone, and Camera.
One-handed mode: Adjust the screen size and layout for easy control of your device with
one hand.
Quick launch Camera: Open the Camera by quickly pressing the Home key twice.
Multi window: Show more than one app at the same time.
Smart capture: Capture an image of any scrollable areas of the screen that are currently
hidden, as well as the area that is visible, and crop and share the screenshot immediately.
Palm swipe to capture: Capture an image of the screen by swiping the edge of your hand
across it, from side to side, keeping in contact with the screen.
Direct call: Call the contact whose call log, message, or contact details are currently on the
screen by bringing the device close to your ear.
Smart alert: Set the device to vibrate when you pick it up to notify you about missed calls
and messages.
Easy mute: Mute sounds and video by covering the screen or turning over the device.
Send SOS messages: Send a quick alert to your primary contacts when you are in an
emergency situation by pressing the Power key quickly three times.
• Send messages to: Add recipients by creating new contacts or selecting from Contacts.
• Attach pictures: Send pictures to your emergency contacts.
• Attach audio recording: Send a short audio message to your emergency contacts.
Direct share: Share content with specific people directly using the sharing panel from within
any app.
Device Settings 252
Personal Settings
The following topics cover your phone’s personalization settings, including wallpaper, themes, home
screen settings, lock screen and security settings, and more.
Wallpaper and Themes
The following topics cover your phone’s Wallpapers and themes settings options.
Wallpaper
You can change the wallpaper for the Home and lock screens.
Change the Wallpaper
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Wallpapers and themes .
2. Tap Wallpaper.
For more information, see Chan
ge the Wallpaper.
Note: Tap Motion effect to allow the wallpaper to shift slightly as you move the device, creating a 3D
effect.
Themes
Themes are packages of visual content that provide different wallpapers and icons for your phone.
Change the Theme
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Wallpapers and themes .
2. Tap Themes.
3. Tap a theme to preview it.
Tap View all to see all available themes.
Tap More to download other themes.
4. To apply a theme, tap the theme, and then tap Apply.
Your theme is changed.
Personal Settings 253
Icons
Apply custom icons to replace built-in app icons.
Change Icons
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Wallpapers and themes > Icons.
2. Tap an i
con set to view a preview of the icons.
Tap View all to see all available icon sets.
3. Tap Apply to apply the selected icon set.
Lock Screen and Security Settings
The lock screen settings let you set your method for unlocking your phone, customize lock screen
options, determine whether to show tips for unlocking the phone, and enter your owner information to be
displayed on the lock screen.
The Security settings let you set encryption options, password visibility, administrator settings, and
credential storage options.
Lock Screen and Security Overview
The following options are available in the lock screen and security menu (options vary depending on the
screen lock selected):
Setting
Description
Screen lock type
Set your screen lock.
Info and app shortcuts
Select items to show on the lock screen, like a Dual clock, Owner
information, and app shortcuts.
Notifications
Show content and notifications on the lock screen.
Fingerprints
Register your fingerprint on your phone.
Samsung Pass
Use biometric authentication to verify your identity.
Unknown sources
Allow or deny installation of apps from sources other than the Google
Play store app.
Private mode
Hide personal content from being accessed by anyone else using your
device. Private mode is only available for certain applications.
Encrypt device
Protect your device by encrypting its data.
Personal Settings 254
( :::
'1
~
Q
6
0
Setting
Description
Other security settings
Configure settings for encryption, password visibility, security updates,
credentials, and other security features.
Access Lock Screen and Security Options
■ From home, tap Apps > Settings > Lock screen and security .
The loc
k screen and security menu opens.
Screen Lock
You can increase the security of your phone by creating a screen lock. When enabled, you have to draw
the correct unlock pattern on the screen, enter the correct PIN, enter the correct password, or scan your
fingerprint to unlock the phone’s control keys, buttons, and touchscreen.
In order from least secure to most secure, the available screen lock options are:
● None
● Swipe
● Pattern
● PIN
● Password
● Fingerprints
Important: To protect your phone and data from unauthorized access, it is recommended that you use
the highest security level available (Password or Fingerprint protection). It is also recommended you
frequently change your password to ensure the safety of your phone and personal data.
Access Screen Lock Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Lock screen and security .
The loc
k screen and security menu opens.
2. Tap Screen lock type.
The Screen lock settings menu opens.
Use Swipe to Unlock the Screen
■ From the Screen lock type menu, tap Swipe to save the setting.
The screen lock is set.
Personal Settings 255
::: I
Use a Screen Unlock Pattern
1. From the Screen lock type menu, tap Pattern.
2. Draw the screen unlock pattern by connecting at least four dots in a vertical, horizontal, or
diagonal direction. Lift your finger from the screen when finished.
The phone records the pattern.
3. Tap Continue.
4. When prompted, draw the screen unlock pattern again, and then tap Confirm.
The screen unlock pattern is saved.
Note: If you do not want the unlock pattern to display on the screen when you unlock it, from home, tap
A
pps
> Settings > Lock Screen and Security > Secure lock settings, and then tap On/Off
next to Make pattern visible to turn it off.
Use a Screen Unlock PIN
1. From the Screen lock type menu, tap PIN.
2. Enter a PIN, tap Continue, re-enter your PIN, and tap OK to save the setting.
The screen lock is set
If you fail to enter the correct PIN after five attempts, you will be prompted to wait for 30
seconds before you can try again.
Use a Screen Unlock Password
1. From the Screen lock type menu, tap Password.
2. Enter a password with at least 4 characters, including at least one letter, tap Continue, and then
enter your password again to confirm it.
The screen lock is set.
Important: To protect your phone and data from unauthorized access, it is recommended that you use
the screen unlock password (highest security). It is also recommended that you frequently change your
password to ensure the safety of your phone and personal data.
Personal Settings 256
[
...
...
I
·•••
...
Use a Fingerprint Screen Lock
With a Fingerprint screen lock, swipe your finger over the Home key.
Note: Before using the Fingerprint screen lock option, you will need to register your fingerprint on your
phone.
1. From the Screen lock type menu, tap Fingerprints.
2. Follow the prompts to set up your fingerprints.
Note: Fingerprint recognition uses the unique characteristics of each fingerprint to enhance the security of
your device. The likelihood of the fingerprint sensor confusing even small areas of two different
fingerprints is very low. But in rare cases, the sensor may recognize a fingerprint that is similar to a
registered fingerprint.
Disable the Screen Lock
Follow the instructions below to turn off your current screen lock.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Lock screen and security .
The loc
k screen and security menu opens.
2. Tap Screen lock type.
The Screen lock settings menu opens.
3. Draw your unlock screen pattern, enter your PIN or password, or scan your fingerprint.
4. Tap None.
The screen lock is disabled.
Device Security
Configure security for your phone.
1. From home, tap App
s > Settings > Lock screen and security .
The loc
k screen and security menu opens.
2. Tap On/Off next to Unknown sources to enable installation of non-Google Play applications.
Warning: Enabling installation of third-party applications can cause your device and personal data to be
more vulnerable to attacks by unknown sources.
3. Tap Private mode to hide personal content from being accessed by anyone else using your
device. Private mode is only available for certain applications.
4. Tap Secure startup to protect your device by using a screen lock when your device turns on.
Personal Settings 257
5. T
ap Other security settings to configure the following options:
Make passwords visible: Display password characters briefly as you type them.
Security policy updates: Automatically or manually check for security policy updates.
Send security reports: Send security reports to Samsung via Wi-Fi for threat analysis.
Device administrators: Manage your device administrators and application installation
privileges.
Storage type: Select a storage location for credential contents.
View security certificates: Display certificates in your device’s ROM and other certificates
you have installed.
User certificates: View user certificates.
Install from device storage: Install a new certificate from storage.
Clear credentials: Erase the credential contents from the device and reset the password.
Trust agents: Perform selected actions when trusted devices are connected.
• To view Trust agents, set up a screen lock (Password, PIN, Pattern, or Fingerprint). For
more information, see Screen Lock.
Pin w
indows: Pin an app on your device screen, preventing access to other features of your
phone.
Usage data access: View the applications that can access your device’s usage history.
Notification access: View the applications that can access notifications you receive on your
phone.
Do not disturb permission: View which apps have permission to change the Do not disturb
settings.
Personal Settings
258
g
B
0
w
Accessibility Settings
The Accessibility menu lets you enable and manage accessibility-related applications.
Accessibility Settings Overview
The following Accessibility options may be configured:
Accessibility Option
Description
Vision
Configure accessibility features for vision.
Hearing
Configure accessibility features for hearing and sounds.
Dexterity and interaction
Configure accessibility features for handling and interactions with the
phone.
Text-to-speech
Configure options for converting text to speech.
Direction lock
Unlock the screen by swiping in a series of directions.
Direct access
Open your accessibility settings by pressing the Home key three times
in quick succession.
Notification reminder
Set the phone to beep or vibrate at set intervals to remind you of any
unread notifications from selected applications.
Answering and ending
calls
Answer calls by pressing the Home key, and end calls by pressing the
Power key.
Single tap mode
Dismiss or snooze alarms, calendar events, and timer alerts, and
answer or reject incoming calls with a single tap.
Manage accessibility
Import and export your accessibility settings, or share them with other
devices.
Services
Configure other accessibility services, if installed.
Access Accessibility Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Accessibility .
2. Set avail
able accessibility options.
Your accessibility settings are applied and saved.
Personal Settings 259
(
·
!!!!
.
···
-~
e
Vision Accessibility Settings
Your phone offers many features to assist users who are blind or low-vision.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Accessibility .
2. Tap V
ision to configure options:
Voice Assistant: Enable the Voice Assistant feature and configure options. When Voice
Assistant is on, your phone speaks descriptions of items you tap or activate on your phone, to
help blind and low-vision users. When Voice Assistant is turned on, you may need to use a
double-tap to select items, because a single tap is used to trigger Voice Assistant.
Voice Assistant help: View tutorials on using Voice Assistant.
Dark screen: Keeps your phone’s screen turned off at all times. When Dark screen is
enabled, double-press the Power key to turn it on or off while using your phone.
Rapid key input: Release your finger to enter a selection, instead of double-tapping it. By
default, when you have Voice Assistant turned on, you must double-tap items on the screen
to select them. If you turn on Rapid key input, you can tap and release your finger to select
and item instead of double-tapping.
Speak passwords: The phone reads out characters entered in password fields. Use caution
with this feature, because others near you will be able to hear your passwords.
Accessibility shortcut: Quickly turns on accessibility features by pressing and holding the
Power key until you hear a sound or feel a vibration, and then pressing and holding with two
fingers until you hear an audio confirmation.
Voice Label: Write voice recordings to NFC tags to provide information about nearby objects.
Screen zoom and font size: Set the zoom size, font size, and style
High contrast fonts: Adjust the color and outline of fonts to increase the contrast with the
background.
High contrast keyboard: Adjust the size of the Samsung keyboard and change its colors to
increase the contrast between the keys and the background.
Show button shapes: Show buttons with shaded backgrounds to make them stand out.
Magnifier window: Magnify content shown on the screen.
Magnification gestures: Control zoom and pan options with specific gestures such as triple-
tapping, double pinching, and dragging two fingers across the screen.
Large mouse/touchpad pointer: Enable to display a large mouse or touchpad pointer.
Grayscale: Display screens in grayscale instead of color.
Negative colors: Screen colors are reversed.
Color adjustment: Adjusts the color of the screen if you have difficulty reading the screen
because of the color. Follow the prompts to fine-tune screen colors.
Personal Settings 260
0
ii
r···
e
r
···
e
f
Hearing Accessibility Settings
Your phone offers many features to assist users who are deaf or hearing-impaired.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Accessibility .
2. Tap Hearing t
o configure options:
Sound detectors: Vibrate when the phone detects a baby crying or doorbell ring.
Flash notification: Flash the camera light when you receive notifications or when alarms
sound. Turn the device over to stop the flashing.
Mute all sounds: Sounds made by the phone during taps, selections, notifications, are
muted.
Hearing aids: Automatically adjusts to attempt to improve the sound quality for use with
hearing aids.
Samsung subtitles (CC): Displays Samsung subtitles where available. Tap On/Off to turn
the option on or off, and then configure options.
Google subtitles (CC): Displays Google subtitles where available. Tap On/Off to turn the
option on or off, and then configure options like Language, Text size, and Caption style.
Left/right sound balance: Adjust the sound sent to the left and right when using earphones.
Mono audio: Enable or disable the compression of stereo audio into a single mono audio
stream for use with a single earphone.
Dexterity and Interaction Settings
Your phone offers many features to improve accessibility related to the way you interact with touch and
movement.
1. From home, tap Ap
ps > Settings > Accessibility .
2. Tap Dexterit
y and interaction to configure options:
Universal switch: Use customizable switches to interact with your phone and to select items
on the screen. Set your personal interaction method by connecting external accessories,
tapping the screen, or using the front camera to detect the rotation of your head, the opening
of your mouth, and the blinking of your eyes.
Assistant menu: Assistant menu can improve phone accessibility by providing quick access
to important functions. A shortcut
appears on all screens to give you access to the
As
sistant menu. Tap Assistant menu to configure options:
• T
ap On/Off beside Assistant menu to turn the feature on or off. When you turn on
Assistant menu, Single tap mode is also enabled.
• Edit: Re-order or remove items from the Assistant menu.
Personal Settings 261
,m,
e
*
• Assistant plus: When turned on, Assistant plus displays contextual menu options for
some apps in Assistant menu. Not all apps support this option. Tap Assistant plus, and
then tap On/Off to turn the option on or off. After you turn on Assistant plus, enable or
disable apps to use with Assistant plus.
• Touchpad size: Choose a size for touchpads for use in your phone’s screens.
• Cursor size: Choose the size of cursors, to display on the screen.
• Cursor speed: Choose a speed for cursor blinks.
• Zoom percentage: Set the percentage of zooming in when using Assistant menu.
• Magnifier size: Set the size of magnification when using Assistant menu.
Easy screen turn on: Move your hand over the screen to turn it on when the phone is face
up on a stable surface.
Press and hold delay: Choose how long your phone waits during a touch and hold gesture
on the screen, before continuing with the touch and hold action.
Click after pointer stops: If you use a mouse with your device, tap On/Off to enable this
option, which causes your device to automatically click when the mouse cursor stops moving.
Drag the Delay before click slider to set the amount of time to delay the click once the
mouse cursor stops moving
Interaction control: Control how your phone interprets motions and screen touches. To turn
Interaction control on or off at any time, press and hold the Home key and the down Volume
key at the same time. When Interaction control is on, you can use motions to control your
phone, and screen timeout is turned on. You can also block areas of the screen from touch
interaction. Automatic screen rotation and hard-key functions (Power/Lock key, Volume key,
etc.) will be turned off, and app notifications will only be shown in the notification panel and
status bar.
Configure Other Accessibility Settings
Your phone offers many features to improve phone accessibility.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Accessibility .
2. Configure additional accessibility options:
Text-to-speech: Set your preferred TTS engine and options. For more information, see
Language and Input Settings on page 181.
Direction lock: Unlock the screen by swiping in a series of directions.
Direct access: Access common accessibility settings from any screen by pressing the Home
key rapidly 3 times in a row.
Notification reminder: Phone beeps at set intervals to remind you of unread notifications.
Answering and ending calls: Select options for answering and ending calls.
Personal Settings 262
Q
6
• Press Home key to answer calls: Answer calls by pressing the Home key.
• Answer calls with voice: Say “Answer” or “Reject” to answer or reject calls with your
voice.
• Automatic answering: Answer incoming calls automatically after two seconds if a
headset or a Bluetooth device is connected.
• Press Power key to end calls: End calls by pressing the Power key.
Single tap mode: When enabled, you can use a single tap to dismiss or snooze alarms,
notifications and alerts, and answer or reject calls.
Manage accessibility: Choose settings for exporting, updating, and sharing the accessibility
settings as a file.
Note: Additional accessibility services you have installed are displayed under the Services heading.
Cloud and Accounts
The Accounts settings menu lets you add and manage all your email, social networking, and picture and
video sharing accounts.
Set up and manage accounts, including your Google Account, Samsung account, email, and social
networking accounts. Depending on the account, you can choose to synchronize your calendar, contacts,
and other types of content.
Access Cloud and Accounts Settings
■ From the home screen, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts .
The ta
ble below outlines your Cloud and accounts settings.
Category
Description
Samsung Cloud
Keep your data safe by backing up and restoring your device. You can also
sync your data from multiple devices.
Accounts
Add and manage all your email, social networking, and picture and video
sharing accounts.
Backup and Reset
Back up your phone’s data and settings to Google servers before resetting
your phone to the original factory settings.
Personal Settings 263
•
•
•
(:::)
B
e
Samsung Cloud
Keep your data safe by backing up and restoring your device. You can also sync your data from multiple
devices.
1. From the home screen, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts .
2. Tap Samsung cloud.
If a Samsung account has not been added, tap Create account and follow the prompts.
3. From the Samsung cloud menu, the following options are available:
Manage cloud storage: View how much cloud storage your data is using.
Backup settings: Choose which content from your device to back up to the cloud. Tap Auto
back up to automatically back up your data every 24 hours.
Restore: Choose the device that you have recently backed up and the backup package that
you want to restore.
Data to sync: Tap the following items to enable or disable syncing:
• Contacts (Samsung account): Sync contact info.
• Calendar (Samsung account): Sync your events and tasks.
• Memo: Sync your notes and categories.
• Internet: Sync bookmarks, saved pages, and opened tabs from your browser.
• Keyboard data: Sync predictive text data.
• Gallery: Sync your images and videos.
More options :
• Sync now: Sync all selected settings.
• Sync information: View what information will be synced on your phone.
• Settings: Limit syncing data to when the device is connected to a Wi-Fi network. Receive
push notifications. Remove your Samsung account.
• FAQ: Go to the Customer Support website for Samsung Cloud information.
• Contact us: Go to the Customer Support website and submit a question online.
Personal Settings
264
e
e
Accounts
Add and manage all your email, social networking, and picture and video sharing accounts.
Set Up a New Account
1. From the home screen, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts .
2. Tap Accounts > Add account.
An Add account window appears.
3. Tap an account type and then follow the prompts to add the required account information.
The account is added to the accounts list.
Manage Existing Accounts
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts > Accounts.
2. Tap
the account type to see the existing accounts.
The account settings menu appears.
3. View and configure your account settings as desired.
The account options are updated.
Backup and Restore
Your phone’s Backup and restore menu lets you back up your phone’s data and settings to Google
servers before resetting your phone to the original factory settings. The Factory data reset erases all data
from the phone’s application storage, including:
● Your Samsung account
● Your Google Account
● All other email and social networking accounts
● System and application data and settings
● Downloaded applications
Personal Settings
265
g
B
Backup and Restore Overview
The following options are available in the Backup and restore menu:
Backup and restore Option
Description
Backup settings
Enable backup for application data, Wi-Fi passwords, and other settings
to your Samsung account.
Restore
When reinstalling an application, backed up settings and data will be
restored from your Samsung account.
Back up my data
Enable backup for application data, Wi-Fi passwords, and other settings
to your Google Account.
Backup account
Select the Google Account used to back up data.
Automatic restore
When reinstalling an application, backed up settings and data will be
restored from your Google Account.
● Performing a factory data reset erases all data on the phone. It is recommended that you back up
important data before performing a factory data reset.
● Erased information cannot be restored. Only erase data after you are sure you have saved
everything you need.
Access Backup and Restore Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts .
2. Tap Backup and restore.
The Backup and restore menu opens.
3. Set options.
The backup and restore settings are applied and saved.
If you are performing a Factory data reset, follow the prompts to confirm the data removal.
The phone will erase all data and reboot.
Important: After performing a Factory data reset, you will need to sign in to the phone using the same
Google Account and password previously associated with the phone. If you want to remove this
restriction, you will need to remove all Google Accounts from the phone before performing the Factory
data reset. See Factory Reset Protection for details.
Personal Settings 266
r···
r···
1··· e
Samsung Account Backup Settings
Enable backup of your information to your Samsung account.
1. From home, tap Apps > S
ettings > Cloud and accounts .
2. Tap Backup
and restore.
3. Configure these options:
Backup settings: Enable back up of your phone log, messages and more through your
Samsung account.
Restore: Use your Samsung account to restore your backup data.
Google Account Backup Settings
Enable backup of your information to Google servers.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Cloud and accounts .
2. Tap Backup and restore.
3. Configure these options:
Back up my data: Enable back up of application data, Wi-Fi passwords, and other settings to
Google servers.
Backup account: Select a Google Account to be used as your backup account.
Automatic restore: Enable automatic restoration of settings from Google servers. When
enabled, backed-up settings are restored when you reinstall an application.
Google Settings
Configure your device’s Google settings.
Customize Google
To customize your Google settings:
1. From home, tap Apps > S
ettings > Google .
2. Select a
n option to customize:
Location: Configure your Google location settings.
Security: Configure the Android Device Manager and apps security settings.
Ads: Configure your Google advertising profile.
Personal Settings 267
A
pp preview messages: Receive and reply to messages sent from messaging apps that are
not installed on your device.
Nearby: Use your device’s sensors to connect with nearby devices.
Search & Now: Configure your Google search settings and Google Now settings.
Set up nearby device: Set up another device using Wi-Fi and Bluetooth.
Note: These options may change if you are signed in to your Google Account.
Personal Settings
268
--0
-0--
-
-
System Settings
The following topics detail your phone’s system settings options, including language and input, date and
time, and more.
General Management Settings
Configure your phone’s language and input options, set the date and time, and report diagnostic
information.
Access General Management Settings
1. From the home screen, tap Apps > Settings .
2. Tap General management , and then tap items for more details:
Language and input: Configure your device’s language and input settings.
Date and time: Configure date and time settings.
Report diagnostic info: Choose to send diagnostic information about your device to
Samsung when it experiences technical issues.
Reset: Reset device and network settings. You can also reset your device to its factory
defaults.
Language and Input Settings
Your phone’s language and input settings let you select a language for the phone’s menus and
keyboards, select and configure keyboard settings, configure speech input settings, and set your phone’s
mouse/trackpad options.
Language and Input Settings Overview
You can set the following options in the Language and input settings menu:
Language and Input Setting
Description
Language
Set the language for your display and menus.
Default keyboard
Set the default keyboard for entering text.
Virtual keyboard
Configure the virtual keyboard for entering text.
System Settings 269
-0--
--0-
-0--
-0-
--0
-0-
-0-
--0
-0-
g
~
g
~
g
~
-
-
-
-
-
-
Language and Input Setting
Description
Physical keyboard
Show the virtual keyboard while using a physical keyboard. View
explanations of the keyboard shortcuts.
Language (Handwriting
recognition)
Set the language used for handwriting recognition.
Text-to-speech
Set text-to-speech options.
Pointer speed
Set the speed of the pointer for a mouse/trackpad.
Access Language and Input Setting Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
2. Tap Language and input.
The Language and input settings menu opens.
3. Set options.
The language and input settings are applied and saved.
Select the Default Language for Your Phone
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
2. Tap Language and inp
ut.
3. Tap an available language.
Language and Input Options
Some of the language and input options are detailed below.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
2. Tap Language and input.
3. Set options:
Language: Tap a language to assign it.
Virtual keyboard: Set the default virtual keyboard for entering text.
Physical keyboard: Show the virtual keyboard while using a physical keyboard. View
explanations of the keyboard shortcuts.
System Settings
270
-0--
--0-
-0--
-0--
--0-
-0--
g
~
g
~
Text-to-speech: Tap a settings option and follow the prompts.
Pointer speed: Drag the bar to adjust the speed, and then tap OK.
Date and Time Settings
Use the Date and Time settings menu either to automatically use the network-provided date and time or
manually set these values, as well as select time and date format options.
Date and Time Overview
The following Date and time options may be configured:
Date and Time Options
Description
Automatic date and time
Set the date, time, and time zone automatically via the connected
wireless network.
Set date
Set the date manually (only available when Automatic date and time
option is disabled).
Set time
Set the time manually (only available when Automatic date and time
option is disabled).
Select time zone
Set the time zone manually (only when Automatic time zone is disabled).
Use 24-hour format
Enable or disable 24-hour time format.
Access Date and Time Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
2. Tap Date an
d time.
3. Set available date and time options.
Your date and time settings are applied and saved.
Report Diagnostic Info
This feature sends diagnostic information about your device when you are having technical problems.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
2. Tap Report diagnostic info.
3. Read the consent information, and then tap OK to enable this feature or tap No thanks.
System Settings 271
-<>-
-0
-0-
-0-
-0
-0-
1:::
I
·
...
...
...
e
e
-
-
-
-
-
Reset
Restore your device to its default settings.
Reset Settings
You can reset your device to its factory default settings, which resets everything except the security,
language, and account settings. Personal data is not affected.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > General management .
2. Tap Reset.
3. Tap Reset sett
ings.
4. Tap Reset settings, and confirm when prompted.
Reset Network Settings
You can reset Wi-Fi, Mobile data, and Bluetooth settings with Reset network settings.
1. From home, tap Apps > Sett
ings > General management .
2. Tap Reset.
3. Tap Reset netw
ork settings.
4. Tap Reset settings, and confirm when prompted.
Factory Data Reset
Reset your device to factory defaults, erasing all data from your device.
This action permanently erases ALL data from the device, including Google or other account settings,
system and application data and settings, downloaded applications, as well as your music, photos,
videos, and other files.
Note: When you sign in to a Google Account on your device, Factory Reset Protection is automatically
activated. This protects your device in the event it is lost or stolen. For more information, see Factory
Reset Protection.
If you reset your device to factory default settings with the Factory Reset Protection (FRP) feature turned
on, you must enter the user name and password for a registered Google Account used on this device to
regain access to the device. You will not be able to access the device without the correct credentials.
Warning: If you reset your Google Account password, you must wait 72 hours after changing your
password to perform a factory data reset on your device.
System Settings 272
-0-
--<>
-0-
-0--
--<>-
-0--
1:::
.J
"-=
,,-.
I :::1
~
-
-
-
Before resetting your device:
1. Verify that the information you want to keep has transferred to your storage area.
2.
Log
in to your Google Account and confirm your user name and password.
To reset your device:
1. F
rom home, tap Apps
> Settings > General management .
2. Tap Reset.
3. Tap F
actory data reset.
4. Tap Reset device and follow the prompts to perform the reset.
5. When the device restarts, follow the prompts to set up your device.
Note: Unless you removed all Google Accounts from the phone before performing the Factory data reset,
you will need to sign in to the Google Account that was previously assigned to the phone to complete
setup.
Auto Restart
Optimize your phone by restarting it automatically at set times. The phone only restarts if it is not in use
and battery power is more than 30 percent.
Note: Any unsaved data is lost when the phone restarts.
To enable Auto restart:
1. From home, tap Ap
ps
> Settings > General management .
2. Tap Reset.
3. Tap Auto restart.
4. Tap On/Off to activate Auto restart, and then set the following parameters:
Time: Set the time of day to restart your device.
Day: Select the day of the week to automatically restart your device.
System Settings 273
g
6
Device Maintenance Settings
Device maintenance provides an overview of the status of your device’s battery, storage, and RAM. You
can also automatically optimize your device’s system resources.
Device Maintenance Settings Overview
You can set the following options in the Device Maintenance Settings menu:
Device Maintenance Setting
Description
Optimize Now
Improves device performance.
Battery
Monitor your phone’s battery usage.
Performance mode
Set up your phone’s performance mode to get the best performance
for normal use and other uses.
Storage
Manage internal storage on your phone.
Memory
Check the amount of available memory.
Optimize Now
The Optimize Now feature improves device performance. When used, it accomplishes this through the
following actions:
● Identifying apps that use excessive battery power and clearing unneeded items from memory.
● Deleting unnecessary files and closing apps running in the background.
●
Sc
anning for malware.
To use the quick optimization feature:
1. F
rom home, tap Apps
> Settings > Device maintenance .
@
2. Tap Op
timize now.
System Settings 274
•
•
•
g
6
g
6
@
@
Battery Settings
Monitor your phone’s battery usage through this settings menu. View which functions are consuming your
battery’s charge and at what percentage. You can also display the battery charge remaining as a
percentage on the status bar.
1. From home, tap Apps
> Settings > Device maintenance .
2. Tap Bat
tery for options:
Battery usage: View battery usage since the battery was last fully charged.
Power saving mode: Extend battery life by selecting a power saving mode level. Choose
Off, Mid, or Max. Estimated remaining battery life for each mode is provided.
App power monitor: Put apps to sleep so that they do not use battery power when not in
use. Tap Save power to enable.
Unmonitored apps: Add apps that will be put to sleep.
More options
> Ad
vanced settings: Configure advanced battery settings.
Performance Mode
Set up your device’s performance mode to get the best performance for normal use and other uses.
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Device maintenance .
2. Tap P
erformance mode for options:
Optimized: Get the best performance for everyday use. Tap Settings to customize
performance settings used during normal use.
Game: Enhance your gaming experience by making games run more smoothly. Also turns on
Game Launcher and the Games Tools button will appear on most apps.
High performance: Experience the highest quality display with maximum brightness and
screen resolution.
System Settings 275
•
•
•
Q
~
Q
~
@
@
Storage Settings
The Storage settings menu lets you manage internal storage on your phone.
Storage Settings Overview
The storage settings menu allows you to configure the following options:
Storage Device
Description
More options >
Storage settings >
Internal storage
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Total space: View the total space/free space in your phone’s memory.
Available space: The amount of storage space currently available.
System memory: The minimum amount of storage space required to run
the system.
Used space: The amount of storage space currently being used.
Other: e space used by app data, downloaded files, and Android system
files.
Cached data: The amount of data currently cached.
Explore: Launch My Files to view content stored on your device.
Access Storage Settings
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Device maintenance .
2. Tap Sto
rage.
3. View memory usage for the different types of information stored in your phone’s memory. Tap an
item for more information.
Note: Tap Clean now to free up storage space by removing unneeded files.
Memory
Check the amount of available memory. You can close background apps and reduce the amount of
memory you are using to speed up your device.
1. From home, tap Apps > S
ettings > Device maintenance > Memory.
The used an
d available memory are shown.
2. To free up as much memory as possible, tap Clean now and follow the prompts.
The selected apps and services in the list will be closed.
System Settings 276
1
•••
r···
Help
The Help menu provides tips and guidelines to help you use your phone.
Access Help
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > Help .
The Help m
enu and topics appear.
2. Tap on a topic to view its contents.
3. Tap Search to search for a topic.
Activate This Device
The Activate this device menu lets you activate a new phone or use additional self-service options such
as checking the status of an in-service phone.
1. From home, tap App
s > Settings > Activate this device .
The Sel
f Service menu appears.
2. Follow the prompts to activate your phone or review your summary.
Your phone activates. If already activated on an account, you will see a usage and plan
summary.
System Updates
The System Updates menu provides settings for keeping your phone up-to-date with the latest software.
Access System Updates
■ From home, tap Apps > Settings > System updates .
The System updates menu appears.
For deta
ils about updating your phone, see
Upda
te Your Phone.
System Settings 277
About Device
The About device menu lets you access important phone information, search for and apply updates, and
view legal and safety information.
About Device Overview
The following About device items may be reviewed or set:
About Device Item
Description
My phone number
View your phone number.
Software version
Check your current software version.
Hardware version
Check your current hardware version.
Status
Check your phone’s status.
●
Battery status and level
●
SIM card status (network, signal strength, mobile network type,
service state, roaming, and mobile network state)
●
IMEI information (MIN, PRL version, MEID, IMEI, and ICCID)
●
Brand
●
Username
●
IP address
●
Wi-Fi MAC address
●
Bluetooth address
●
Up time
●
Device status
Legal information
Review various types of important legal information, including Open
source licenses, Google legal information, System WebView licenses,
Wallpapers, Samsung legal information, and the Privacy Alert.
Device name
Change the name of your device (other devices see this name when
using Mobile hotspot or Bluetooth).
Model number
Check the phone’s model number.
System Settings 278
g
B
G)
About Device Item
Description
Android version
Check the Android version number.
Android security patch
level
Check the Android security patch level.
Baseband version
Check the phone’s baseband version.
Kernel version
Check the phone’s kernel version.
Build number
Check the current phone build number.
SE for Android status
Check the phone's SE for Android status.
Security software version
Check the phone's security software version.
KNOX version
Check the current KNOX version.
FCC certification
Check the phone's FCC certification.
Rated
Check the phone's voltage rating.
Battery capacity
Check the phone's battery capacity.
Access About Device Options
1. From home, tap Apps > Settings > About device .
2. Select or v
iew available options.
Your phone information is displayed.
System Settings 279
For Assistance
The following topics address areas of support for your phone, including troubleshooting, specifications,
account information, warranty information, and customer service contact information.
Sprint Account Information and Help
Find out about account passwords and information about managing your account and finding help.
Sprint Account Passwords
You will need to create passwords to protect access to your personal account information, your voicemail
account, and your data services account. As a Sprint customer, you enjoy unlimited access to all your
information.
Account User Name and Password
If you are the account owner, you will create an account user name and password when you sign on to
sprint.com/mysprint. (Click Register and follow the prompts to get started.) If you are not the account
owner (if someone else receives the bill for your Sprint service), you can get a sub-account password at
sprint.com/mysprint.
Voicemail Passcode
You will create your voicemail passcode when you set up your voicemail. See Voicemail Setup for more
information on your voicemail passcode.
Data Services Password
With your Sprint phone, you may elect to set up an optional data services password to control access and
authorize purchases.
For more information, or to change your passwords, sign on to sprint.com/mysprint
.
Manage Your Account
Manage your Sprint account from your computer, your Sprint phone, or any other phone.
Online: sprint.com/mysprint
● Access your account information.
● Check your minutes used (depending on your Sprint service plan).
● View and pay your bill.
● Enroll in Sprint online billing and automatic payment.
For Assistance 280
•
-
-
-
•
•
● Purchase accessories.
● Shop for the latest Sprint phones.
● View available Sprint service plans and options.
● Learn more about data services and other products like games, ringtones, screen savers, and
more.
From Your Sprint Phone
1. From home, tap Phone
> Key
pad .
2. Do an
y of the following:
Tap * 2, and then tap Dial
to access a summary of your Sprint service plan or get
answ
ers to other questions.
Tap * 3, and then tap Dial to access bill
pay support.
Tap * 4, a
nd then tap Dial to check minute usage and account balance.
Sprint Support Services
Sprint 411 and Sprint Operator Services let you easily access information and calling assistance from
your Sprint phone.
Sprint 411
Sprint 411 gives you access to a variety of services and information, including residential, business, and
government listings; movie listings or show times; driving directions, restaurant reservations, and major
local event information. You can get up to three pieces of information per call, and the operator can
automatically connect your call at no additional charge.
There is a per-call charge to use Sprint 411, and you will be billed for airtime.
■ From home, tap Phone
> Key
pad , tap 4 1 1, and then tap Dial .
Sprint Operator Services
Sprint Operator Services provides assistance when you place collect calls or when you place calls billed
to a local telephone calling card or third party.
■ From home, tap Phone > Keypad , tap 0,
and then tap Dial .
For more i
nformation or to see the latest in products and services, visit us online at sprint.com/mysprint
.
For Assistance 281
Copyright Information
©2017 Sprint. Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint. Other marks are trademarks of their
respective owners.
Legal Information
READ THIS INFORMATION BEFORE USING YOUR MOBILE DEVICE.
Arbitration Agreement - This Product is subject to a binding arbitration agreement between you
and S
AMSUNG ELECTRONICS AMERICA, INC. (“Samsung”). You can opt out of the agreement
within 30 calendar days of the first consumer purchase by emailing optout@sea.samsung.com or
calling 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) and providing the applicable information. For complete terms
and conditions that bind you and Samsung, refer to the “Arbitration Agreement” section of the
Terms & Conditions, included with the Product.
Find Legal Information Online
The full Arbitration Agreement, Standard Limited Warranty, End User License Agreement (EULA), and
Health & Safety Information for your device are available online.
Arbitration Agreement, Standard Limited
W
arranty, and Health &
Safety Information:
Phone:
● Eng
lish: samsung.com/us/Legal/Phone-HSGuide
● Spanish: samsung.com/us/Legal/Phone-HSGuide-SP
Tablet:
● English: samsung.com/us/Legal/Tablet-HSGuide
● Spanish: samsung.com/us/Legal/Tablet-HSGuide-SP
End User License Agreement:
● English: sam
sung.com/us/Legal/SamsungLegal-EULA4
● Spanish: sam
sung.com/us/Legal/SamsungLegal-EULA4/#SPANISH
Find Legal Information on the Mobile Device
The full Arbitration Agreement, Standard Limited Warranty, End User License Agreement (EULA) and
Health & Safety Information are also available on the device, in the Samsung legal section of Settings.
The location depends on the device, and is usually in the “About device” or “About phone” section, for
example:
● Settings > About phone or About device > Legal information > Samsung legal
● Or, use the Search feature to search for “Legal”.
For Assistance 282
Intellectual Property
All Intellectual Property, as defined below, owned by or which is otherwise the property of Samsung or its
respective suppliers relating to the Product, including but not limited to, accessories, parts, or software
relating thereto, is proprietary to Samsung and protected under federal laws, state laws, and international
treaty provisions. Intellectual Property includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or
unpatentable), patents, trade secrets, copyrights, software, computer programs, and related
documentation and other works of authorship.
You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you
agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) modify, prepare derivative works of, reverse engineer,
decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to create source code from the software. No title to or
ownership in the Intellectual Property is transferred to you. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property
shall remain with Samsung and its suppliers.
Open Source Software
Some software components of this product, including but not limited to ‘PowerTOP’ and ‘e2fsprogs’,
incorporate source code covered under GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public
License (LGPL), OpenSSL License, BSD License and other open source licenses. To obtain the source
code covered under the open source licenses, please visit: opensource.samsung.com
Disclaimer of Warranties; Exclusion of
Liability
The information below explains that a user accepts this Product as sold, including the hardware
and software components as created and packaged for sale. If the user changes these parameters
through a unique modification, Samsung will not be held responsible for damages or issues that
result from these end-user changes.
Except as set forth in the Standard Limited Warranty that accompanies the Product, the purchaser
takes the product “as is”, and Samsung makes no express or implied warranty of any kind
whatsoever with respect to the product, including but not limited to the:
● merchantability of the product or its fitness for any particular purpose or use;
● design, condition or quality of the product;
● performance of the product;
● workmanship of the product or the components contained therein; or
● compliance of the product with the requirements of any law, rule, specification or contract
pertaining thereto.
For Assistance 283
Nothing contained in the User Manual shall be construed to create an express or implied warranty
of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Product. In addition, Samsung shall not be liable for
any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase or use of the product or arising from the
breach of the express warranty, including incidental, special or consequential damages, or loss of
anticipated profits or benefits.
Modification of Software
Samsung is not liable for performance issues or incompatibilities caused by your editing of
registry settings, or your modification of Operating System (OS) software.
Using custom OS software may cause your device and applications to work improperly. Your
carrier may not permit users to download certain software, such as custom OS.
Samsung Knox
Samsung Knox is Samsung’s security platform and is a mark for a Samsung device tested for security
with enterprise use in mind. Additional licensing fee may be required. For more information about Knox,
please refer to: samsung.com/us/knox
Restricting Children’s Access to
Your Mobile Device
Your device is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it because they could hurt themselves and
others, damage the device, or make calls that increase your device bill. Keep the device and all its parts
and accessories out of the reach of small children.
Samsung Electronics America, Inc.
Address:
85 Challenger Road
Ridgefield Park,
New Jersey 07660
Phone: 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
Internet: samsung.com
©2017 Samsung Electronics America, Inc.
Samsung, Samsung Galaxy, Multi Window, S Health, Samsung Gear, S Voice, and Samsung Pay are all
trademarks of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Other marks are the property of their respective owners.
Some multimedia (audio/video) files contain Digital Rights Management (DRM) technology to verify you
have the right to use the files. Preloaded apps on your device may not be compatible with DRM-protected
files.
For Assistance 284
S
creen images are simulated. Appearance of device may vary.
The actual available capacity of the internal memory is less than the specified capacity because the
operating system and default applications occupy part of the memory. The available capacity may change
when you upgrade the device.
For Assistance 285
Index
1Weather, 155
3-way Calling, 64
4G, 116
About Device, 278
Accessibility Settings, 259
Accessory Port, 6
Accounts
Add ne
w, 265
Manage, 265
Sett
ings, 263, 265
Activation, 277
Advanced Features, 252
Airplane Mode, 224
Alarm, 168
Amazon, 156
Answer a Call, 55
App Spotlight, 156
App
lication Manager, 250
Applications, 21
List, 21
Apps
Find and install, 33
Request refunds, 34
Unins
tall, 36
Update, 35
Apps Settings, 249
Back Key, 5
Backup and Reset, 265
Battery
Charge, 7
Settings, 275
Blue Light Filter, 242
Bluetooth
Connect, 206
Receive information, 207
Sen
d information, 206
Settings, 222
Share pictures and videos, 144
Turn on or off, 204
Bookmark, 123
Brightness, 242
Browser
Bookmark, 123
History, 124
Launch connection, 122
Settings, 121
Windows, 126
Calculator, 156
Calendar, 158
Add event, 158
Sync, 163, 165
Sync Exchange ActiveSync calendar, 165
View events, 160
Call Forwarding, 64
Call Logs
Make call from, 58
Call Waiting, 64
Caller ID, 63
Calling
International, 213
Camera, 128
Settings, 147
Shooting modes, 132
Take a picture, 130
Viewfinder, 128
Car Kit
Connect, 206
Charge the Battery, 7
Charger/Accessory Port, 6
Chrome, 127
Clock, 166
Alarm, 168
Stopwatch, 170
Timer, 170
World Clock, 169
Conference Calling, 64
Contacts, 67
Add contact, 68
Delete, 72
Edit, 71
Make call from, 58
Profile sharing, 74
Save a phone number, 70
Share, 72
Data Services, 116
Password, 280
Status indicators, 120
User name, 117
Index 286
Data Usage
S
ettings, 223
Date
Settings, 271
Default Applications, 251
Device Security, 257
Dexterity and Interaction
Settings, 261
Drag, 11
Easy
Mode, 244
Edge Screen, 19
Settings, 245
Editing Text, 30
Email
Add
ac
count, 102
Add
Exchange
ActiveSync
account,
106
Compose and send, 107
Delete account,
112
Manage
inbox, 113
Send Gmail, 86
Setup, 101
Share pictures, 142
View and reply, 110
Emergency Numbers, 54
Enhanced 9-1-1 (E9-1-1), 55
Enter Text, 27
Exchange ActiveSync
Add
ac
count, 106
Features, 114
Extended Home Screen, 43
Facebook, 180
Files
Transfer between phone and computer, 199
Finger Scanner
Fingerprint Screen Lock, 257
Flash, 6
F
lick, 12
Folders, 52
Galaxy
Apps, 171
Gallery, 134, 171
Global Roaming Mode, 211
Gmail, 86
Archive threads, 91
Create account,
30
Delete threads, 93
Labels, 90
Mute threads, 92
New messages, 88
Read
and reply, 88
Read messages, 89
Report spam, 96
Search, 94
Send message, 86
Share pictures, 142
Switch accounts, 99
Google
Chrome, 127
Create account,
30
Hangouts, 173
Maps, 174
Play
Movies & TV, 176
Play
Music, 176
Search, 179
Sign in, 32
Voice Search, 179
YouTube, 197
Google Play
Find
and install apps, 33
Help, 37
Store, 33
Google Voice Typing, 29
Configuring, 29
Using, 29
Hangouts, 173
Headset
Connect, 206
Headset Jack,
6
Hearing
Accessibility, 261
Help, 277
Home Screen, 42
Add Folders, 52
Add
Shortcuts, 51
Add
Widgets, 52
Customize, 50
Extended, 43
Home Screen Settings, 244
Hotspot, 203
Settings, 232
Icon Frames, 244
Icons, 254
Incoming Call
Answer, 55
Reject, 56
Inp
ut Settings, 269
Instagram, 181
International Data Roaming, 215
Internet, 76
Keep Screen Turned Off, 249
Keyboard
Samsung, 27
Language Settings, 269
Index 287
LE
D Indicator, 248
Lock Screen
S
ettings, 254
Lookout, 181
Maps, 174
Memo, 182
Memory, 276
Messaging, 76
Messenger, 182
Microsoft
Excel, 183
OneDrive, 183
OneNote, 183
PowerPoint,
183
Word, 183
MirrorLink, 230
MMS
Enhanced messages, 80
Send messages, 77
Mobile Hotspot,
203
Mo
bile Networks Settings, 226
Multimedia Messaging
S
hare pictures and videos, 143
Music
G
oogle Play Music, 176
Music (App), 184
NextRadio, 188
Music (App), 184
My Files, 187
My
Sprint,
153
NASCAR Mobile, 188
Nearby Device Scanning, 229
NextRadio, 188
NFC and Payment, 225
Night Clock, 248
Notification
Icons, 46
Notification Panel, 45
Notifications, 46
Pages Manager, 188
Phone
Di
aler, 53
Visibility, 223
P
hone Calls, 53
Answer, 55
Emergency numbers, 54
Using Call Logs, 58
Using contacts, 58
Using
phone keypad, 53
P
hone Layout (illustration), 4
Phone Number, 26
Save to contacts, 70
P
hone Status, 278
Phone Update
PRL, 41
Profile, 40
Software, 38
Pictures
Cr
op, 139
Rotate, 138, 140
Share via Bluetooth, 144
Share via email, 142
Share via messaging, 143
Take with camera, 130
P
inch, 13
Play
Movies & T
V, 176
Play Music, 176
Play
Store, 33
F
ind and install apps, 33
Plus (+) Code Dialing, 213
Power Key, 5
Power Off, 9
Power On, 8
Printing, 229
PRL Update, 41
Reject Incoming Call, 56
Ringtone, 234
Ringtones
Settings, 237, 238
Rotate, 12
S Health, 189
S Voice, 190
Samsung Cloud, 264
Samsung Gear, 190
Samsung Keyboard, 27
Samsung+, 192
Save a Phone Number, 70
Screen Lock, 255
Screen Mode, 2 43
Screen Resolution, 243
Screen Saver, 249
Screen Timeout,
248
Screen Unlock
Motion, 255
S
wipe, 255
Screen Unlock
Password, 256
Screen Unlock Pattern, 256
Screen Unlock PIN, 256
Screen Zoom and Font, 243
Index 288
S
earch
Google, 179
S
ecure Credential Storage, 230
Security, 257
Security Settings, 254
S
ettings
Overview, 218
S
etup Screens, 14
S
hare
Contacts, 72
S
ideSync, 193
SIM Card, 210
Slide, 11
Sound Settings, 234
Speaker, 6
Spread, 13
Sprint 411, 281
S
print Account
Management, 280
Passwords, 280
Sprint Family Locator, 153
Sprint Fun & Games, 154
Sprint Music Plus, 154
Sprint Operator Services, 281
Sprint TV & Movies, 155
Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service, 210
Status Bar, 45
Status Bar Settings, 248
Status Icons, 45
Stopwatch, 170
S
torage
Settings, 276
S
wipe, 11
System Update, 277
Tap, 10
Tap and Pay, 225
Tethering, 208
Tethering Settings, 233
Text Editing, 30
Text Entry, 27
T
ext Messaging
Conversations, 83
Draft messages, 83
Notifications, 83
Send messages, 76
Themes, 253
Time Settings, 271
Timer, 170
Touch, 10
T
ouch and Hold, 10
Touchscreen
Turn off, 37
Turn on, 38
Turn Device Off, 9
Turn Device On, 8
Typing, 27
Vibration,
239
Video (App), 193
Video Camera
Record video, 131
Videos
Record, 131
Share via Bluetooth, 144
Share via messaging, 143
Share via YouTube, 146
Vision Accessibility, 260
Visual
Voicemail, 60
Listen to multiple messages, 61
Options, 62
Review, 60
Set up, 60
Settings, 62
Voice Recorder, 194
Voice Search, 179
Voice Typing, 29
Configuring, 29
Using, 29
Voicemail
Display
name, 63
Greeting, 62
International, 213
Passcode, 280
Setup, 59
Volume, 234, 236
Key, 5
VPN, 230
Add connection, 231
Connect or disconnect,
231
Prepare for connection, 230
Secure credential storage, 230
Wallpaper, 50, 253
Web
Launch connection, 122
Widgets, 52
Wi-Fi, 200
Settings, 220
Turn on and connect, 200
Wi-Fi Calling, 63
Index 289
Settings, 232 Share videos, 146
World Clock, 169 Zoom, 13
YouTube, 197
Index 290
